PPG PC Manual PDF

PROTECTIVE COATINGS
MANUAL
DATA SHEETS | SYSTEM SHEETS | INFORMATION SHEETS
www.sigmacoatings.com/protective
Data sheet index
7460 - NOVAGUARD 810
7447 - PHENGUARD 253
7589 - PITT-CHAR XP
7546 - PSX 700
7149 - SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
7124 - SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
7406 - SIGMACOVER 211
7424 - SIGMACOVER 280 LT
7712 - SIGMACOVER 456 HS
7992 - SIGMACOVER 640 ALUMINIUM
7993 - SIGMACOVER 640 ALUMINIUM LT
7995 - SIGMACOVER 640 SEALER
7531 - SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
7524 - SIGMADUR 520
7740 - SIGMADUR 540
7537 - SIGMADUR 550
7530 - SIGMADUR 580
7518 - SIGMADUR 590
7529 - SIGMADUR 1800
7155 - SIGMAFAST 20
7234 - SIGMAFAST 40
7236 - SIGMAFAST 45
7802 - SIGMAFAST 205
0672UK - SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
7944 - SIGMAGUARD 260
7475 - SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
7618 - SIGMALINE 445
7416 - SIGMAPRIME 200
7135 - SIGMARINE 24
7244 - SIGMARINE 35
7213 - SIGMARINE 40
7256 - SIGMARINE 41
7238 - SIGMARINE 48
7240 - SIGMARINE 49
7922 - SIGMASHIELD 220
7926 - SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
7260 - SIGMATHERM 175
7179 - SIGMAWELD 10
7112 - SIGMAWELD 15
7173 - SIGMAWELD 120
7370 - SIGMAZINC 19
7402 - SIGMAZINC 102
7702 - SIGMAZINC 102 HS
7761 - STEELGUARD 551
7731 - STEELGUARD FM 549
System sheet index
2411 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ GLOSSY PU SYSTEM FOR C5I
2412 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ GLOSSY PU SYSTEM FOR C5M
2413 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ SEMI GLOSS PU SYSTEM FOR C5M
2414 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ POLYSILOXANE SYSTEM FOR C5M
2415 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ SEMI GLOSS PU SYSTEM FOR C4
2416 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ GLOSSY PU SYSTEM FOR C4
2417 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ HS PU SYSTEM FOR C3
2418 - EPOXY/ SEMI GLOSS PU SYSTEM FOR C3
2419 - EPOXY/ GLOSSY PU SYSTEM FOR C3
2420 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ EPOXY SYSTEM FOR C4
2421 - EPOXY SYSTEM FOR C4
2422 - EPOXY SYSTEM FOR C3 INTERIOR
2423 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ EPOXY SYSTEM FOR C3 INTERIOR
2424 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ HS PU SYSTEM FOR C5M
2425 - ZINC RICH EPOXY/ SEMI GLOSS PU SYSTEM FOR C5I
4010 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4011 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE
SYSTEM
4012 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4016 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4020 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4021 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE
SYSTEM
4022 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4024 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY/POLYURETHANE
SYSTEM
4026 - STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4030 - STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4031 - STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE
EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4032 - STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4034 - STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - HIGH SOLIDS
EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4036 - STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4040 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ALKYD
PAINT SYSTEM
4041 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE -
RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4042 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - HIGH
SOLIDS EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4045 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - SOLVENT
FREE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4046 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE -
WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4047 - STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - SOLVENT
FREE EPOXY/POLYMERIC URETHANE SYSTEM
4050 - STEEL PROTECTION - ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT - SOLVENT
FREE FLINT REINFORCED EPOXY SYSTEM
4051 - STEEL PROTECTION - ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT - HIGH SOLIDS
GLASSFLAKE REINFORCED EPOXY SYSTEM
4060 - STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM -
TEMPERATURE UP TO 175C/350F
4061 - STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT SILICATE/ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM -
TEMPERATURE UP TO 350C/660F
4062 - STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT EPOXY SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE
UP TO 200C/390F
4064 - STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT SILICATE SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE
UP TO 400C/750F
4070 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER - EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
4071 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER OR SUBSOIL CONDITIONS - SOLVENT FREE
EPOXY SYSTEM
4072 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER - HIGH SOLIDS TAR FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4076 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN HOT WATER - PHENOLIC EPOXY SYSTEM - MIO
EPOXY SYSTEM
4081 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - PHENOLIC EPOXY SYSTEM
4082 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4083 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - ZINC ETHYL SILICATE SYSTEM
4090 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL -
HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY SYSTEM
EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4101 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
4102 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - HIGH SOLIDS TAR
FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4103 - STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - SOLVENT FREE
PHENLIC EPOXY SYSTEM
4113 - STEEL PROTECTION - SYSTEM FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS - ZINC EPOXY PRIMED STEEL
Information sheet index
1410 - CONVERSION TABLES
1411 - EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
1430 - SAFETY INDICATIONS
1431 - SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALT SAFETY EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
1433 - SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
1434 - DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE
1490 - CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
1491 - SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES
1492 - SURFACE PREPARATION OF STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS - SHOP APPLICATION
1493 - INTERNAL CHEMICAL CLEANING OF STEEL PIPES - IN-SITU APPLICATION
1496 - SURFACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE (FLOORS)
1650 - RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE - AIR TEMPERATURE
NOVAGUARD 810
4 pages November 2010
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine rapid cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat tank coating system

excellent resistance to crude oil up to 176F (80C)
suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
good chemical resistance against chemicals and solvents
good visibility due to light colour
dry heat resistance 248F (120C)
easy to clean
reduced explosion risk and fire hazard
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey - semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20C (1 g/cm = 8.25 lb/US gal; 1 m/l = 40.7 ft/US gal)
(data for mixed product)
Mass density approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm)
Volume solids 98 2%
VOC (supplied) max. 97 g/l (0.81 lb/gal)
see information sheet 1411
Recommended dry film thickness 300 - 600 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 134.3 ft/gal for 12 mils ( 3.3 m/l for 300 m)
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. 28 days *
Full cure after 2 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
* see additional data
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2 or SSPC-SP10 , blasting

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 m)
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 41F ( 5C) and at least 5F (3C)
above dew point during application and curing
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20 ( 4:1 )

the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at
least 104F (40C)
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be added
for recommended application instructions: see working procedure
Induction time none
page 1/4
NOVAGUARD 810
November 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY use heated airless spray plural component equipment

in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
of paint in hoses at low air temperature
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Nozzle orifice approx 0.019- 0.023 in
Nozzle pressure 4000 Psi ( approx 280 Bar )
CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-53

all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time
has been expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate
theoretical spreading rate ft/gal 134.3 69.2

dft in mils 12 24
measuring wet film thickness

a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus 2.4
mil (60 m)
measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed
in between the coating and the measuring device
page 2/4
NOVAGUARD 810
November 2010
Overcoating with Novaguard 810 (spot repair and stripe coating)
substrate 50F (10C) 68F (20C) 86F (30C) 122F (50C)

temperature
minimum 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
interval
maximum 28 days 28 days 28 days 14 days
interval
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

50F (10C) 20 hours 3 days
68F (20C) 9 hours 2 days
86F (30C) 7 hours 1 day
122F (50C) 4 hours 12 hours
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
for storage and transport of drinking water the recommended working
procedure should be followed
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
page 3/4
NOVAGUARD 810
November 2010
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is intended for
guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise,
are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for
users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the
suitability of the product for its intended use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many
factors affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept
any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.
The English text of this document shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 7460
page 4/4
NOVAGUARD 830
3 pages April 2009

Revision of November 2005
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy compound
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS sprayable caulking to overlap the welding seams

suitable caulking compound for use under SigmaGuard CSF 650 and
Novaguard 840
excellent chemical resistance against crude oil, unleaded gasolines and a
wide range of petrochemicals and solvents
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream - gloss
Mass density 1.4 g/cm
Volume solids 100%
VOC (supplied) max. 105 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 144 g/l (approx. 1.2 lb/gal)
max. 3 months *
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100 m

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel with suitable holding primer (SigmaGuard 260 or SigmaCover 280)
AND TEMPERATURES which must be dry, clean and free from any contamination
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25

when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least
20C
Induction time none
Pot life 1 hour at 20C *
page 1/3
NOVAGUARD 830
April 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1
pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.67 mm (= 0.026 in) at an angle of 30 40
Nozzle pressure at 20C (paint temperature) min. 30 MPa (= approx. 350 bar; 5000 p.s.i.)
at 30C (paint temperature) min. 25 MPa (= approx. 250 bar; 3500 p.s.i.)

all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
has been expired
theoretical spreading rate m/l 0.3

dft in m 3000
structure: in different layers wet in wet in order to reach the required film
thickness
Overcoating table with solvent free tanklinings
substrate temperature 10C 20C 30C

minimum interval 30 hours 16 hours 12 hours
maximum interval 3 months 2 months 1 month
Curing table

10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained
during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
page 2/3
NOVAGUARD 830
April 2009
Pot life
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase

development.
PDS 7945
page 3/3
NOVAGUARD 840
5 pages March 2011

Revision of April 2009
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see
system sheet 4145)
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 90C
suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
glossy and smooth appearance
easy to clean
approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear - gloss
Volume solids 100%
73 g/ltr (0.9 lb/gal) (by EPA Method 24)
Theoretical spreading rate 3.3 m/l for 300 m *
max. 2 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature must be above 5C and at least 3C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing
steel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard 260) which must be dry, clean and
free from any contamination
page 1/5
NOVAGUARD 840
March 2011

least 20C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.53 mm (= 0.021 in)
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53

has been expired
page 2/5
NOVAGUARD 840
March 2011
theoretical spreading rate m/l 3.3 1.7

dft in m 300 600
max. dft when brushing: 150 m

real applied wft
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus 60
m
Overcoating with Novaguard 840 (spot repair and stripe coating)
substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
maximum 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
interval
page 3/5
NOVAGUARD 840
March 2011
Curing table

5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
WASHING PROCEDURE
all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
cleaned with a sodium hypochlorite solution (1% active chlorine per liter)
all tank sides, bottom and deckheads etc. should be brush cleaned or high-
pressure spray cleaned with 1% active chlorine solution as above
note: this can also be done by butterworth washing
all parts should be high pressure cleaned with tap water and tanks drained
concentrated active chlorine solution should be sprinkled on bottom; approx.
1 ltr/10 m
tanks should be filled with tap water to a depth of approx. 20 cm and the
water should remain in the tank for at least 2 hours (max. 24 hours)
tanks should be thoroughly flushed out with tap water
depending upon local regulations it may be necessary to take water
samples, after filling tank completely, to check on bacteria
after this procedure the tanks will be fit to carry drinking water
Pot life (at application viscosity)
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase
page 4/5
NOVAGUARD 840
March 2011

development.
PDS 7468
237775 cream 3012002200
180207 green 4000001400
page 5/5
NOVAGUARD 890
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines blended up to 100% ethanol
(E5 up to E100)
suitable for storage of biodiesel (EN14214)
semigloss and smooth appearance
system sheet 4155)
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear - semigloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 2 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature should be above 5C and at least 3C above dew
AND TEMPERATURES point during application and curing
steel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard 260) which must be dry, clean and
page 1/4
NOVAGUARD 890
March 2011

least 20C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
and suitable high pressure hoses


has been expired
page 2/4
NOVAGUARD 890
March 2011

dft in m 300 600

real applied wft
m
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some days
(depending on ambient temperature) after application due to the penetration
of the measuring device into the paint film
Overcoating table with itself (spot repair and stripe coating)
substrate 10C 20C 30C

temperature
minimum 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
interval
maximum 3 months 2 months 1 month
interval
Curing table

10C 40 hours 10 days
20C 18 hours 6 days
30C 12 hours 4 days
page 3/4
NOVAGUARD 890
March 2011
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7755
269264 green 4194542200
282887 cream 3002002200
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 253
4 pages September 2011
DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils
and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
Recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite - eggshell
Volume solids 72 3%
VOC (supplied) max. 200 g/l (approx. 1.8 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 150 m
max. 5 days *
Curing time see curing table *
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned in situ to at least ISO-Sa2 and free from rust, scale,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primer and any other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES blasting profile 50 - 100 m
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Phenguard 253
substrate temperature must be above 10C and at least 3C above dew
point during application and curing

the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow induction time before use
15C - 45 min.
20C - 30 min.
25C - 15 min.
Pot life 4 hours at 20C *
page 1/4
PHENGUARD 253
September 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.46 - 0.53 mm (= 0.018 - 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2130 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0.3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER only for spot repair and stripe coating

Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin
or eyes

dft in m 100 150
Overcoating table for Phenguard 253
substrate 10C 15C 20C 30C 40C

temperature
minimum 24 hours 16 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours
interval
maximum 7 days 6 days 5 days 4 days 3 days
interval
page 2/4
PHENGUARD 253
September 2011
Curing table
substrate temperature min. curing time of Phenguard 253

tankcoating system before transport
of cargoes. Please contact your
PPG PMC representative for further
details.
10C 14 days
15C 10 days
20C 7 days
30C 4 days
40C 4 days
10C 6 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 2 hours

page 3/4
PHENGUARD 253
September 2011
development.
PDS 7447
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 930
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS primer coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,
fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
good resistance to hot water
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite - eggshell
Volume solids 66 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 100 m *
max. 21 days *
Phenguard 930
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet: 3141

tankcoatings system sheet: 3322
page 1/4
PHENGUARD 930
March 2011

15C - 20 min.
20C - 15 min.
25C - 10 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm

or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
PHENGUARD 930
March 2011
Overcoating table for Phenguard 935 and SigmaGuard 790

temperature
interval
interval
Curing table
substrate temperature min. curing time of Phenguard

of cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11
and ballast water and tanktest with
sea water
10C 14 days
15C 14 days
20C 10 days
30C 7 days
40C 5 days
minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of

cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cargo cure is
required which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with
non-aggressive cargoes
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd
coat (see overcoating details)
when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited
to a maximum of 100 m
10C 6 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 1.5 hour
page 3/4
PHENGUARD 930
March 2011

development.
PDS 7409
180706 offwhite 7001002200
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 935
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS second coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS pink - eggshell
Volume solids 66 2%
max. 21 days *
RECOMMENDED previous coat of Phenguard 930; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
AND TEMPERATURES Phenguard 935

page 1/4
PHENGUARD 935
March 2011

15C - 20 min.
20C - 15 min.
25C - 10 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
PHENGUARD 935
March 2011

temperature
interval
interval
Curing table

sea water
10C 14 days
15C 14 days
20C 10 days
30C 7 days
40C 5 days

10C 6 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 1.5 hour
page 3/4
PHENGUARD 935
March 2011

development.
PDS 7435
179115 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 940
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS finish coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (green on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 66 2%
max. 21 days *
RECOMMENDED previous coat of Phenguard 935; dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES Phenguard 940

page 1/4
PHENGUARD 940
March 2011

15C - 20 min.
20C - 15 min.
25C - 10 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
PHENGUARD 940
March 2011

temperature
interval
interval
Curing table

sea water
10C 14 days
15C 14 days
20C 10 days
30C 7 days
40C 5 days

10C 6 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 1.5 hour
page 3/4
PHENGUARD 940
March 2011

development.
PDS 7436
179116 green 4000002200
179118 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 965
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Phenguard 965 system

excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, fats
(regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
easy to clean
can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +5C
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, pink, grey - eggshell
Volume solids 68 2%
Touch dry after 2 - 3 hours at 20C, 14 - 16 hours at 5C
max. 14 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
Phenguard 965
substrate temperature must be above 5C and at least 3C above dew point
during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION Phenguard 965 offwhite 100 m

Phenguard 965 pink 100 m
Phenguard 965 grey 100 m
page 1/4
PHENGUARD 965
March 2011

too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance
5C - 20 min.
10C - 15 min.
15C - 10 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
PHENGUARD 965
March 2011
Overcoating table for Phenguard 965 for dft up to 100 m

temperature
interval
interval
Curing table for dft up to 100 m
substrate temperature min. curing time of Phenguard 965

system before transport of cargoes
without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast
water and tanktest with sea water
5C 7 days
10C 5 days
15C 4 days
20C 3 days
30C 2 days
minimum curing time of Phenguard 965 system before transport of cargoes

with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
5C 8 hours
10C 6 hours
15C 4 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
page 3/4
PHENGUARD 965
March 2011

development.
PDS 7959
199289 offwhite 7001002200
199282 pink 6007002200
199284 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
PITT-CHAR XP
3 pages July 2010

Revision of January 2009
DESCRIPTION solvent free thick film intumescent epoxy coating for hydrocarbon pool and
jet fires
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS highly durable intumescent coating for protection of steel against
hydrocarbon pool and jet fires; typical applications include:
Offshore - structural steel members, bulkheads and decks
Onshore - pipework, storage tanks and vessels
unique flexibility offers enhanced performance on vibrating structures and in
conditions of explosion overpressure
suitable for use in cryogenic conditions
good resistance to splash and spillage of chemicals
excellent abrasion resistance
suitable for corrosivity categories up to C5-I and C5-M
meets the requirements for Norsok M501 rev 5 accelerated aging and
hydrocarbon fire testing
approved by DNV, Lloyds, BV, UL and GASAFE
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - matt
note:the applied density is dependent upon many variables such as
temperature, test method and application method
Volume solids 100%
max. 0 g/l (0 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness normally 1000 - 7000 m applied in one coat
note:the required dry film thickness must be in accordance with the
approval certification
Theoretical spreading rate 1.10 kg/m for 1000 m *
Touch dry after 10 hours *
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. 1 month
Shelf life (cool and dry place) base: at least 18 months
hardener: at least 24 months
page 1/3
PITT-CHAR XP
July 2010
RECOMMENDED approved primer, dry, sound and free from contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS where mesh reinforcement of Pitt-Char XP is necessary, this should be
AND TEMPERATURES carried out in accordance with the Pitt-Char XP Application Guidelines
substrate temperature should be at least 5C and at least 3C above dew
curing will be retarded at temperatures below 10C and will cease below 5C
relative humidity during application must be lower than 85%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 2.33 : 1

mixing ratio by weight: base to hardener 3.25 : 1
for details see the Pitt-Char XP Application Guidelines
Induction time none
Pot life 45 minutes at 25C *
AIRLESS SPRAY twin feed application

twin feed spray equipment utilising a minimum 10 inch King air motor is
recommended
base and hardener need to be pre-heated to a minimum of 60C while
circulating through the unit
suitable insulated and heated hoses should be used
Nozzle angle 40 (for large flat surfaces)
single feed application

Recommended thinner 5% - 7% of Thinner 60-30 may be necessary, but the quantity shall never
exceed 10%.
The addition of thinner will affect sag resistance and overcoating intervals.
Nozzle angle 60 (for large flat surfaces)
use of spray equipment with a ratio of 74 : 1 is recommended
material temperature (mixed): 23 - 35C
the maximum length of the hoses should not exceed 30 m
TROWEL (recommended for small areas and touch up only)

page 2/3
PITT-CHAR XP
July 2010
ADDITIONAL DATA Curing table (for solvent free aplication)
substrate temperature dry to handle (Shore D = 25)

10C 52 hours
15C 40 hours
25C 13 hours
40C 7 hours
curing times may vary depending on substrate, ambient and material
temperature

guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the coatings products made by PPG
development.
PDS 7589
281999 grey 3000002504
page 3/3
PSX 700
3 pages May 2011

Revision of February 2010
DESCRIPTION two component engineered siloxane coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS unique, high gloss, engineered siloxane

can be applied directly over inorganic zinc
excellent colour and gloss retention
high solids, VOC compliant
applied by brush, roller or spray, without thinning
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20C (data for mixed product)

Volume solids 90 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 175 m per coat
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened
prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications,
feathering edges of intact coating
for touch-up and repair; apply additional material after removing dirt,
contaminants and old loose coatings or antifoulings
substrate temperature should be above 0C and at least 3C above dew

use power mixer powered by an air- or an explosion proof electric motor
Induction time none
page 1/3
PSX 700
May 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 60-12/ Thinner 21-06
BRUSH/ROLLER the recommended dft cannot be reached in one coat

natural bristle
maintain a wet edge
level any air bubbles with bristle brush
or eyes
dft in m 75 125 175

theoretical spreading rate m/l 12.0 7.2 5.1
when applying more than 1 coat it is recommended that the total dry film thickness does
not exceed 250 m
Overcoating table for PSX 700 for dft up to 175 m

temperature
interval
substrate temperature touch dry dry to handle

5C 7 hours 16 hours
10C 4.5 hours 8.5 hours
20C 2 hours 4.5 hours
30C 1 hour 3 hours
page 2/3
PSX 700
May 2011
10C 6.5 hours

20C 4 hours
30C 1.5 hour

Surface preparation of concrete (floors) see information sheet 1496
development.
PDS 7546
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20

DESCRIPTION one component water borne high build zinc phosphate primer/coating based on
acrylic dispersion
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health and
safety reasons
excellent adhesion to well pretreated steel
good anticorrosive properties
fast drying
can be overcoated with most water borne acrylics, water borne epoxy
coatings and alkyd paints as well as certain solvent borne two component
products
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours available on request) - flat
Volume solids 43 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 75 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 5.7 m/l for 75 m
Touch dry after 30 minutes
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES shop primed steel; sweep blasted or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Ss or
SPSS-Pt2
maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 75%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use

the temperature of the paint should preferably be above 15C, otherwise
extra tap water may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much tap water results in reduced sag resistance
must be protected from freezing at all times during storage and/or transport
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner tap water
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2130 p.s.i.)
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
September 2009
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0.3 - 0.4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

* for localised areas of difficult access only
CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Thinner 70-05
Cleaning Procedures of the spray equipment:

pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and cleaned
properly
following tables illustrate the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment when
changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints (table 1) and
from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)
CLEANING PROCEDURE Table 1: from solvent borne- to water borne paints
1st cleaning with Thinner 90-53

2nd cleaning with Thinner 70-05
3rd cleaning with warm tap water (30 - 35C) after which water
borne paints can be sprayed
Table 2: from water borne- to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water (30 - 35C)

3rd cleaning with Thinner 90-53
Thinner 70-05 can be re-used
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
September 2009
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for Sigma Aquacover 20 for dft up to 75 m
with water borne acrylic and alkyd substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C
finishes temperature
interval
maximum unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited
interval

development.
PDS 7149
177804 redbrown 2008002200
186582 RAL 7030 7030262200
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 22

DESCRIPTION one component water borne micaceous iron oxide pigmented primer based on
acrylic dispersion
safety reasons
developed to give excellent adhesion to galvanised steel
fast drying
coatings and alkyd paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown - flat
Volume solids 40 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 8 m/l for 50 m
Touch dry after 15 - 30 minutes
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED galvanised steel; sweep blasted or otherwise roughened; dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS salts and other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 5C and at least 3C above dew

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 22
September 2009
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges


properly


or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 22
September 2009
with water borne acrylic and alkyd substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C
finishes temperature
interval
interval

development.
PDS 7145
140103 redbrown 2008002200
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 35

DESCRIPTION one component water borne micaceous iron oxide pigmented acrylic dispersion
coating
safety reasons
contains non toxic pigments
excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints
fast drying
coatings and alkyd paints as well as certain solvent borne two component
products
COLOURS AND GLOSS standard mio colours available - flat
Volume solids 40 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 8.0 m/l for 50 m, 5.3 m/l for 75 m
Touch dry after 30 - 60 minutes
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED steel coated with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 20)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS galvanised steel coated with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 22)
AND TEMPERATURES previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION maintenance p.c. system sheets: 4012, 4022, 4032

extra thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 35
September 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges


properly


or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 35
September 2009
with itself substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
interval

development.
PDS 7203
various SAP codes
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40

DESCRIPTION one component water borne acrylic dispersion finish
safety reasons
good weather resistance
good colour retention
fast drying
fast handling
not suitable for immersion in water
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours available on request) - semigloss
Volume solids 42 2%
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED steel coated with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 20)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5C and at least 3C above dew

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40
September 2009
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

* for localised areas of difficult access only

properly


or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40
September 2009

temperature
interval
interval

development.
PDS 7251
199310 base L 0710002197
199313 base Z 0070002185
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45

DESCRIPTION one component water borne acrylic dispersion finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS finish for interior accommodation, machinery spaces and superstructure
particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health and
safety reasons
fast drying and recoatable
allows safer working during hull outfitting of new buildings
certificate for low flame spread: see sheet 1883
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 34 2%, depending on colour
Touch dry after 6 hours at 5C, 3 hours at 10C, 1 hour at 20C
max. unlimited *
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months, keep above 0C
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigma Aquacover 25) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3104, 3105

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45
September 2009

properly



temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45
September 2009

development.
PDS 7250
146103 white 7000002200
146104 white 7000001400
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
3 pages June 2009
DESCRIPTION water borne high build acrylic coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS reduced explosion risk and fire hazard

excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints
fast drying
can be overcoated with dispersion paints
single coat application
excellent elongation (flexible)
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey RAL 7032 (other colours on request) - semigloss
Volume solids 45 2%
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS corrosion protection
preferably relative humidity should not exceed 80%
clean, dry and free from any contamination
good ventilation is required during application and curing (please refer to
sheet 1433 and 1434)

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
June 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner preferable not to be thinned, if necessary tap water

properly
paint type: alkyd chlorinated epoxy pur

rubber
1st cleaning 20-05 21-22 90-53 91-88
with Thinner

3rd cleaning none none 90-53 91-84
with Thinner
paint type: alkyd chlorinated epoxy pur
rubber
or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
June 2009

temperature
interval
interval

development.
PDS 7152
page 3/3
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200

DESCRIPTION two component polyamine cured water borne epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
structures in atmospheric exposure
safety reasons
excellent rust preventing properties in industrial or coastal atmospheres
good adhesion to steel and galvanised steel
free from lead and chromate containing pigments
can be overcoated with most dispersion and alkyd paints and 2 component
durable finishes
easy application by brush/roller and (airless) spray
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (RAL 7038), buff (RAL 1015) - eggshell
Volume solids 53 2%
Touch dry after 1.5 hour
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours (with itself)
max. 6 months
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m or power tool

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS cleaned to min. ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES galvanised steel; sweep blasted or otherwise roughened; dry and free from
salts and other contamination
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
September 2009

15C, otherwise extra water may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much water results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
water should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

properly

page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
September 2009

or eyes

temperature
with Sigma AquaCover 400 minimum 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 45 min.
interval
with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
interval
maximum 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months
interval
substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

temperature
10C 3 hours 16 hours 6 days
20C 1.5 hour 5 hours 4 days
30C 1 hour 4 hours 3 days
40C 45 min. 3 hours 2 days
10C 4 hours
20C 3 hours
30C 2 hours
40C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
September 2009

development.
PDS 7870
220700 RAL 7038 (grey) 7038262160
240678 RAL 1015 (buff) 1015262160
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400

DESCRIPTION two component polyamine cured water borne epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy build coat in protective coating systems for steel
structures in atmospheric exposure
safety reasons
can be overcoated with most dispersion and alkyd paints and 2 component
durable finishes
suitable for concrete floors
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available - semigloss

due to the lead and chromate free pigmentation bright colours might have a
reduced opacity
a primer in a suitable colour may be necessary
Volume solids 53 2%
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours (with itself)
max. 6 months
RECOMMENDED steel with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 200); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and within the recoat times
AND TEMPERATURES galvanised steel; sweep blasted or otherwise roughened; dry and free from
salts and other contamination
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
September 2009

15C, otherwise extra water may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much water results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
water should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

properly

page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
September 2009

or eyes

temperature
with itself minimum 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 45 min.
interval
with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
interval
interval

temperature
10C 4 hours
20C 3 hours
30C 2 hours
40C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
September 2009

development.
PDS 7871
220702 RAL 5011 (grey) 5011262160
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
5 pages August 2010

Revision of September 2007
DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing, water borne low zinc (ethyl) silicate
prefabrication primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable for automatic application on shot blasted steel plates
fast drying properties
good cutting and excellent welding properties, including MIG/MAG welding in
various positions (either automatic or manual welding)
provides regular, smooth weld seams
low fume release during welding and cutting
no adherence of weldspatter at surrounding primed surface
good thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work procedures
for use in sea water immersion in combination with controlled cathodic
protection systems please contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings sales office
certified by Lloyds, SLV and Newcastle OHH
Volume solids 30 2%
VOC (supplied) 0 - 40 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
0 - 25 g/l (0.0 - 0.3 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 18 m - see further:
"Recommended substrate conditions and temperatures"
Theoretical spreading rate 15 m/l for 18 m *
Touch dry after under optimal ventilation conditions:
10 min. at substrate temperature of 20C and
6 min. at substrate temperature of 40C
Overcoating interval min. 7 days
max. 6 months
longer overcoating intervals can be permitted when primer is still in sound
condition
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder: at least 9 months (store above 5C)
powder: at least 12 months (store powder moisture free)
page 1/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
August 2010
RECOMMENDED dry and free from oil and grease and any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; shot blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
AND TEMPERATURES on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 m, corresponds
to 22 m as measured on a smooth test panel
minimum thickness for a closed film is 15 m measured on a smooth test
panel
substrate temperature should be between 25C and 40C
for automatic application a substrate temperature of 30C - 35C is
recommended
substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point
relative humidity during curing should be above 50%
preferably the relative humidity should not exceed 85%
adequate ventilation is required
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION first coat shall be SigmaCover 280 or SigmaPrime 200 or other approved
systems
SECONDARY SURFACE during storage and construction, contamination of the prefabrication primer
PREPARATION should be limited
after fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme
below
where two possible surface treatments are indicated, the choice of treatment
is dependent on the location and on the system to be applied (see system
sheets)
the preferred pretreatment for optimal results is shown; other possibilities are
indicated in brackets
areas immersed atmospheric conditions

conditions
contamination to be removed to be removed
weldseams ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Pt2
burned ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
damaged corroded ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP *) SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP *)
* cleaning by silicon carbide impregnated abrasive pad

Note that the back of welded plate may show discoloration (especially on plate
where fillets have been welded on), this is not to be confused with burned areas
and does not require special treatment.
Burned through areas may be present (this happens especially when welding
thin steel) and these should then be treated as per 'burned areas' above.
page 2/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
August 2010
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by weight: binder to powder 48 : 52

pour the binder in the empty steeldrum
add the powder to the binder
the temperature of the mixture of binder and powder should preferably be
above 15C
stir the powder thoroughly into the binder
stir thoroughly till homogeneous
strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
mixed paint is ready for use
agitate continuously during application, adjust speed so foam formation will
be minimized
best performance is obtained when sprayed steel structure stored dry for 24
hours
mixed paint should not be stored in closed containers, please consult your
local PPG Protective & Marine Coatings sales office
Pot life 4 hours at 20C
AIRLESS SPRAY restrictor plate PN 029025 (Nordson) prior to nozzle


properly-
following tables illustrate the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)
CLEANING PROCEDURE Table 1: from solvent borne- to water borne shop primer
paint type: solvent borne shop primer

1st cleaning with suitable cleaning thinner for previous product
page 3/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
August 2010
Table 2: from water borne- to solvent borne shop primer

3rd cleaning with suitable cleaning thinner for the next product
paint type: solvent borne shop primer
or eyes

Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
air temperature see information sheet 1650
page 4/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
August 2010
development.
PDS 7124
268430 redbrown 2008002180
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 211

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS epoxy primer in protective coating systems for concrete and sand/cement
substrates (floors and walls)
can be recoated with most two component coatings
good water resistance
fair chemical resistance to spillage and splash
resistant to impact and abrasion
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS white - eggshell
Volume solids 51 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 35 m
Touch dry after 30 minutes *
max. 10 days *
RECOMMENDED concrete, sand/cement; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%

for impregnation of concrete 30% thinner should be added
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 211
September 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 35 40 50
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 211 for dft up to 35 m

temperature
with most 2 component coatings minimum 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 211
September 2009

temperature
30C 20 min. 1 hour 5 days

15C 16 hours
20C 14 hours
25C 11 hours
30C 8 hours
35C 5 hours

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 211
September 2009
development.
PDS 7406
179505 white 7000001400
179506 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 240
4 pages August 2011

Revision of March 2011
DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS can be used directly to metal

very good surface wetting
excellent corrosion resistance
outstanding (sea)water resistance
resistant to well designed/controlled cathodic protection
good resistance against chemically polluted water
good abrasion resistance
NAVSEA-MIL-PRF-4556-F approved
NAVSEA-MIL-PRF-23236-D approved
low temperature cure down to -18 C
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available - semigloss
Volume solids 87 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 300 m depending on system *
max. 6 months *
RECOMMENDED for immersion exposure:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
AND TEMPERATURES steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to
SPSS-Ss
for atmospheric exposure conditions:
steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m or
according to ISO-St3, St2
shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 240 or suitable primer) dry and free from
any contamination and within the minimum and maximum overcoating
time
substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point during
application and drying
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 240
August 2011

Induction time 15 minutes at 20C
Pot life 1.5 hour at 20C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
or eyes

dft in m 100 300
with itself substrate -5C 0C 10C 20C 30C

temperature
interval *
maximum 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months
interval
* for polyurethane paints like SigmaDur 550 and SigmaDur 520 the minimum
overcoating time should be raised with 50%
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 240
August 2011
substrate touch dry for immersion in dry to handle

temperature water
-5C 28 hours 7 days 48 hours
0C 24 hours 7 days 30 hours
15C 2 hours
20C 90 min.
30C 40 min.

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 240
August 2011
development.
PDS 7991
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 256
4 pages January 2011

Revision of August 2010
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer or build coat for steel and concrete structures
suitable for atmospheric and marine conditions
can be recoated with various two component and conventional coatings
even after long weathering periods
lead- and chromate free
tough, with long term flexibility
cures even at temperatures down to -10C
good adhesion to steel, galvanised steel and aged epoxy coatings
easy application, both by airless spray and brush
can be used as epoxy primer/finish (for dry internal areas)
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream, pink (other colours on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 63 2%
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3 / SSPC-SP3
AND TEMPERATURES galvanised steel; free from any contamination and sweep blasted till an even
flat appearance (only for internal dry exposure conditions)
aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened
during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10C is
acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice
substrate temperature at least 3C above dew point
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 256
January 2011

Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10C
none above 10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 150
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 256
January 2011
Overcoating table for dft up to 100 m
for SigmaCover 256, SigmaCover substrate -5C 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
435, SigmaCover 456, temperature
SigmaCover 410
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, provided that the surface is free from any
interval contamination
for SigmaDur 520, substrate -5C 5C 10C * 20C 30C 40C

SigmaDur 550, temperature
various chlorinated rubbers, vinyls,
acrylates and alkyd paints
minimum 72 24 16 8 5 3
finishes require a corresponding undercoat

SigmaCover 256 should not be overcoated with coal tar epoxy coatings

-10C 24 - 48 hours 20 days
-5C 24 - 30 hours 14 days
0C 18 - 24 hours 10 days
5C 18 hours 8 days
10C 12 hours 6 days
15C 8 hours 5 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 4 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 256
January 2011
10C 16 hours
15C 10 hours
20C 8 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours

development.
PDS 7412
179630 cream 3012002200
179635 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 280

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel and
non ferrous metals
good adhesion to non ferrous metals
good flow and wetting properties
good water and corrosion resistance
cures at temperatures down to +5C
suitable for touching up of weld seams and damages of epoxy coatings
during construction
excellent recoatability
can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and
two component polyurethane coatings
suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)
compatible with well designed cathodic protection systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green (redbrown on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 57 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 11.4 m/l for 50 m, 5.7 m/l for 100 m *
Overcoating interval min. see tables *
max. see tables *
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 280
November 2010

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned
AND TEMPERATURES (dry or wet) to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas of
damaged shop primer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-
Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L (blasting profile 30 - 75 m)
IMO-MSC.215(82) Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks:
steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded
radius of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding
steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m
Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m
for shop primer with IMO type approval; no additional requirements
for shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
removing at least 70% of intact shop primer, blasting profile 30 - 75
m
dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust
size classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated
without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m or
according to ISO-St3
galvanised steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination and
roughened up
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104,

3105, 3106 (spec. 5,7), 3107, 3108

Induction time none
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 280
November 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner is necessary,
Volume of thinner but up to 5% Thinner 91-92 can be added if desired
or eyes

dft in m 50 75 100
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 280
November 2010
with various two pack epoxy- and substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
polyurethane coatings temperature
interval
interval when
not exposed to
sunshine
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine
with other types of paint like: most substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, alkyd temperature
coatings
interval
interval

glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat

temperature
20C 2 hours 2.5 hours 7 days
30C 1 hour 1.5 hour 5 days

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 280
November 2010
15C 10 hours
20C 8 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours

PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Ballast Tank Working Procedure New
Building
development.
PDS 7417
179083 yellow/green 4009002200 (144497 base, 142014 hardener)
179085 redbrown 6137002200 (144493 base, 142014 hardener)
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
6 pages February 2010

Revision of December 2006
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
during construction
recoatable with most two component epoxy- and polyurethane coatings
compatible with well designed controlled cathodic protection systems
cures at temperatures down to -10C
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green - eggshell
Volume solids 57 2%
max. see overcoating table *
page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
February 2010

m
dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size
classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated without
magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
roughened up
substrate temperature should be between -10C up to 15C during
application and curing and at least 3C above dew point and free from ice
and any contamination
possible, but curing to hardness takes longer and complete resistance will
be reached when temperature increases

3105, 3106 (spec. 7, 8), 3107, 3108

Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
February 2010

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 50 75 100
page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
February 2010
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280 LT for dft up to 75 m
with various two pack epoxy- and substrate -10C -5C 0C 5C 10C 15C
polyurethane coatings temperature
minimum 48 24 16 12 8 hours 6 hours
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 3 3 3 2 2 1
interval when months months months months months month
not exposed to
sunshine
maximum 2 2 2 1 1 1
interval when months months months month month month
exposed to
direct sunshine
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280 LT for dft up to 75 m
with other types of paint like: most substrate -10C -5C 0C 5C 10C 15C
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, alkyd temperature
coatings
minimum 24 16 12 8 4 3
interval hours hours hours ours hours hours
maximum 10 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 4 days 4 days
interval

glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
February 2010

temperature
-10C 20 hours 32 hours 21 days

5C 10 hours
10C 8 hours

Building
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
February 2010
development.
PDS 7424
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 300

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS outstanding (sea)water resistance (outside hull and ballast tanks)
outstanding water and crude oil resistance
can be applied and cures at low temperatures (application possible down to
-5C, provided the substrate is free from ice)
COLOURS AND GLOSS black, brown - eggshell
Volume solids 71 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 125 - 500 m (see system sheets)
max. 5 days *
RECOMMENDED for immersion in water, with cathodic protection:

AND TEMPERATURES steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
for immersion in water, without cathodic protection:
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
contamination
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 300
September 2009
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or

SPSS-Pt3
contamination
in order to obtain the maximum resistance against chemical- and mechanical
influences the substrate temperature should be above 5C during application
and curing
application at temperatures down to -5C is possible but curing to hardness
takes longer and complete cure will be reached when temperature increases
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3106, 3107

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for a dft of 250 m
10 - 15% for a dft of 125 m
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and spot repair

page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 300
September 2009
or eyes
theoretical spreading rate m/l 5.7 2.8 2.4 1.8 1.4

dft in m 125 250 300 400 500
max. dft when brushing (touch up and spot repair): 125 m
substrate -5C 5C 10C 15C 20C 30C 40C

temperature
with SigmaCover 300 and minimum 48 24 18 12 6 4 3
SigmaCover 510 and other interval hours hours hours hours hours hours hours
compatible paints
maximum 21 21 12 8 4 3 2
interval when days days days days days days days
exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum 40 40 30 24 18 14 7
interval when days days days days days days days
not exposed to
direct sunshine

when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 250 m
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended as
follows:
for 300 m : 2 times as long
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 300
September 2009
substrate dry to handle initial cure full cure

temperature for exposure to for immersion in
sea water and to polluted water or
slightly polluted crude oil
atmosphere
5C 48 hours 96 hours --
Drydockings
exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial curing time
if SigmaCover 300 has been applied by means of hot airless spray,
exposure to sea water is permitted after an initial cure of 4 hours
at dfts ranging from 250 - 500 m applied in a one coat application the
curing times have to be doubled in order to obtain sufficient mechanical
strength
the mechanical strength, when cured at low temperature, is low initially, but
will increase quickly when exposed to sea water
15C 8 hours
20C 6 hours
25C 5 hours
30C 4 hours
35C 2 hours
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 300
September 2009

development.
PDS 7472
179000 black 8000002200
178998 brown 2000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS outstanding sea water resistance (outside hull and ballast tanks)
rapid throughput of work can be maintained even at low temperatures
COLOURS AND GLOSS black, brown - eggshell
Volume solids 71 2%
max. see overcoating table *
RECOMMENDED for immersion in water, with or without cathodic protection

existing suitable epoxy coating or coaltar epoxy coating; in sound
condition and sufficiently roughened and free from any contamination
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or
SPSS-Pt3
existing suitable epoxy coating or coaltar epoxy coating; in sound
condition and sufficiently roughened and free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
September 2009


Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for a dft of 250 m
10 - 15% for a dft of 125 m
AIR SPRAY

or eyes
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
September 2009

dft in m 125 250
max. dft when brushing (touch up and spot repair): 70 m
substrate -10C 0C 10C 15C

temperature
interval
with SigmaCover 300 and maximum 15 days 5 days 3 days 2 days
SigmaCover 510 and other interval when
compatible paints exposed to
direct sunshine
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
surface should be dry and free from any contamination and ice
when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 125 m
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended as
follows:
when application has to be executed at low temperature care should be
taken that the temperature of the mixed paint is at least 15C, the induction
time should be increased to at least one hour
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
September 2009
substrate dry to handle initial cure full cure

temperature for exposure to for immersion in
sea water and to polluted water or
slightly polluted crude oil
atmosphere
-10C 72 hours 12 days --
-5C 48 hours 7 days 21 days
0C 30 hours 5 days 15 days
5C 8 hours
10C 6 hours

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
September 2009
development.
PDS 7483
179014 brown 2000002200
179015 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 385
DESCRIPTION two component high build multi purpose epoxy primer/ coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer or build coat for steel and concrete structures
suitable for atmospheric and marine conditions
good adhesion to steel, galvanised steel and aged epoxy coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, oxide red, black, buff - flat
Volume solids 68 2%
max. 6 months ( with itself)

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3 / SSPC-SP3
AND TEMPERATURES aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened

page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 200
with itself substrate 10C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
maximum 6 months 6 months 6 months
interval
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
with polyurethanes substrate 10C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
maximum 42 days 30 days 14 days
interval

10C 24 hours 6 days
20C 16 hours 4 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
10C 4 hours
20C 2.5 hours
30C 1.5 hour

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
development.
PDS 7453
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 410
4 pages August 2011

Revision of May 2011
DESCRIPTION two component high solids, high build, polyamide cured epoxy coating
pigmented with micaceous iron oxide (MIO) or in selected colours
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy build coat in protective coating systems for steel and
concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land or marine conditions
excellent durability
easy application by airless spray
available in MIO or conventional pigmented grade
COLOURS AND GLOSS MIO and a selected range of colours - flat
Mass density 1.9 g/cm (MIO) ,1.5 g/cm (conventional pigmented grade)
Volume solids 80 2%
max. 6 months *
RECOMMENDED previous suitable primer; dry and free from any contamination and zinc salts,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES when applied to zinc silicate, a mist coat and full coat technique is required

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, 30 - 40% when mist coat applied
Nozzle pressure 20 - 25 MPa (= 200 - 250 bar; 2800 - 3500 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Application by brush may show brush marking, due to the thixatropic nature of the paint
and is most suitable to small areas, tight angle areas or for stripe coating or touch up.
Application by roller will leave roller marking and is suitable for minimum dft
requirements only.
A roller suitable for epoxy application only must be used.
or eyes

dft in m 75 150 200

temperature
for various two pack epoxy- or minimum 36 hours 24 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
polyurethane paint interval
maximum -- -- -- -- --
interval *
* This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided

the surface is free from chalking and other contamination.
In cases of exposure to direct sunlight or when the surface is contaminated it
is recommended that the surface be cleaned and roughened to ensure good
adhesion of the subsequent coating.
The optimum intercoat adhesion is obtained when the subsequent coating is
applied before the full cure time of the previous coating has elapsed.
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2011

temperature
10C 12 hours
15C 10 hours
20C 6 hours
25C 4 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2011
development.
PDS 6823
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 435
5 pages May 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured
recoatable epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land or marine
conditions
a high relative humidity max. 95%, during application and curing does not
influence the quality of the coating
good adhesion on most aged, sound alkyd-, chlorinated rubber- and epoxy
coatings
resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
resistant to temperatures up to 200C (see system sheet 4062)
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (9553-05), dark grey ( 9558-05), green (9441-05), aluminium (9590-
05) - eggshell
Volume solids 63 2%
max. unlimited
Curing time 4 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS
AND TEMPERATURES or powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 435
May 2011

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 435
May 2011
456 temperature
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
maximum no limitation
interval
surface should be dry and free from chalking and contamination
for Sigma Vikote 46, SigmaDur substrate -5C 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
550, SigmaDur 520 and Sigmarine temperature
40
minimum 72 24 16 8 5 3
interval

page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 435
May 2011

-10C 24 - 48 hours 20 days
5C 18 hours 8 days
10C 12 hours 6 days
15C 8 hours 5 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 4 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
In exceptional cases SigmaCover 435 may be applied at lower substrate temperatures
(down to -15C) provided that the surface is free from ice and other contamination. In
such cases special care must be taken to avoid thick film application as this may lead
to checking/crazing or solvent entrapment.It should be clear that application at lower
temperatures will require additional thinning to obtain application viscosity, however this
will affect the sag resistance of the applied coating and can induce solvent retention.
Optimal curing and designed product properties will only be achieved when minimum
required substrate temperature is reached.
10C 12 hours
20C 6 hours
30C 4 hours
40C 2 hours

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 435
May 2011
development.
PDS 7465
179025 lightgrey 9553052200
179496 darkgrey 9558052200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456
5 pages August 2010

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
conditions
a high relative humidity max. 95%, during application and curing does not
influence the quality of the coating
good adhesion on most aged, sound alkyd-, chlorinated rubber- and epoxy
coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and various other colours (see also the SigmaCare Shade Card of PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings) - semigloss
Volume solids 65 2% (white); 62 - 65 2% (colours)
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10C is
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 456
August 2010

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 456
August 2010
456 temperature
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval
for Sigma Vikote 46, SigmaDur substrate -5C 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
550, SigmaDur 520 and Sigmarine temperature
40
minimum 72 24 16 8 5 3
interval
for Sigma Vikote 56 * maximum 17 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 2 days
and Sigmarine 48 * interval
* colour of SigmaCover 456 should be adapted to the colour of Sigma Vikote 56 or
Sigmarine 48
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 456
August 2010

-10C 24 - 48 hours 20 days
5C 18 hours 8 days
10C 12 hours 6 days
15C 8 hours 5 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 4 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
In exceptional cases SigmaCover 456 may be applied at lower substrate temperatures
(down to -15C) provided that the surface is free from ice and other contamination. In
such cases special care must be taken to avoid thick film application as this may lead
to checking/crazing or solvent entrapment. It should be clear that application at lower
temperatures will require additional thinning to obtain application viscosity, however this
will affect the sag resistance of the applied coating and can induce solvent retention.
Optimal curing and designed product properties will only be achieved when minimum
required substrate temperature is reached.
10C 12 hours
20C 6 hours
30C 4 hours
40C 2 hours

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 456
August 2010
development.
PDS 7466
179073 white 7000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer/coating for steel and concrete structures in
atmospheric exposure
good adhesion to steel
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream (other colours on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 73 2%
max. unlimited

AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -5C is
acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
September 2009

Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10C
none above 10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 150
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
September 2009
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 456 HS for dft up to 150 m
substrate -5C 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C

temperature
minimum 48 20 16 8 6 4
maximum unlimited
interval

for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised with
100%

10C 18 hours 6 days
15C 12 hours 5 days
20C 8 hours 4 days
30C 6 hours 3 days
40C 4 hours 2 days
10C 8 hours
15C 5 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 2.5 hours
35C 2 hours
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
September 2009

development.
PDS 7712
215902 cream 9010262200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 480

DESCRIPTION two component chemical resistant finish based on polyamide cured epoxy
resins
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy finish

good chemical resistance to spillage and splash
resistant to impact and abrasion
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS selected range of colours is available - semigloss
Volume solids 50 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 10.0 m/l *
max. 2 - 3 months *
RECOMMENDED previous epoxy coats; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS roughened if necessary

page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 480
September 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 40 50 60

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 480
September 2009

temperature

15C 12 hours
20C 8 hours
30C 5 hours
40C 3 hours

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 480
September 2009
development.
PDS 7441
179559 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 522

DESCRIPTION two component micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured epoxy primer/
sealer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS may be used as a primer, sealer or coating

excellent adhesion to and sealing of weathered, cleaned zinc rich primers
and metal sprayed steel
good adhesion to properly pretreated galvanised steel
excellent adhesion to blast cleaned steel
can be used in systems for atmospheric or water immersed exposure
conditions
good resistance to industrial or chemical contaminated atmospheric
exposure conditions
good abrasion and impact resistance
good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats
resistant to temperatures up to 200C in dry atmospheric exposure
conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, greenish grey - low metallic sheen
Volume solids 60 2%
max. 1 month *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES SPSS-Pt3
zinc primed steel; free from any contamination and zinc salts
galvanised steel; for atmospheric exposure conditions disc sanding, free
from any contamination and zinc salts; for water immersed exposure
conditions sweep blasting is required
not weathered metal sprayed steel; free from any contamination and salts
previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 522
September 2009

for atmospheric exposure conditions the minimum substrate temperature
for application may be 5C, but at low temperature the curing slows down
according to the overcoating and curing tables
REMARK
when used as an adhesion primer or when a long overcoating interval is
expected a max. dft of 50 m must be specified in order to preserve the rough
texture

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 10% for dft of approx. 80 m
25 - 30% for dft of approx. 40 m when used for sealing inorganic zinc and
metal sprayed steel
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 522
September 2009

dft in m 40 80
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 522

temperature
interval
dft 50 m
minimum 3 days 32 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
interval
dft 80 m
interval
Note
the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 5 when SigmaCover
522 is to be applied on top of an existing old (alkyd) primer or coating
the maximum overcoating time of SigmaCover 522 could be extended up to
6 months provided the dft is not higher than 50 m
surface should be properly cleaned
glossy finishes require an adhesion promoting undercoat

temperature
15C 3.5 hours 6 hours 10 days

for optimum resistance in tankcoating systems a minimum substrate
temperature of 10C is essential
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 522
September 2009
15C 10 hours
20C 8 hours
25C 6 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours

development.
PDS 7420
179510 greenish grey 9048052200
179508 redbrown 9028052200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 630

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high build polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS surface tolerant coating for lower grade of steel preparation
particularly suited as maintenance coating for dry cargo holds, decks and
hulls
general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
conditions
compatible with various aged coatings
overcoatable with most types of coatings
resistant to splash and spillage of a wide range of chemicals
good flexibility
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, grey, redbrown, black, aluminium - semigloss
Volume solids 83 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 60 - 100 m for brush/roller
125 - 200 m for airless spray
max. 9 months *
Curing time 7 days
RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m or power tool
cleaned to ISO-St2 for good corrosion protection
coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 630
September 2009
for immersion in sea water:

(resistant to Cathodic Protection in systems)
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
first coat SigmaCover 630 aluminium
point

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 630
September 2009
theoretical spreading rate m/l 13.8 6.6 8.3 4.1

dft in m for airless spray 125 200
dft in m for brush/roller 60 100

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum 20 hours 9 hours 5 hours 3 hours
coatings interval
with polyurethanes minimum 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
interval
with itself maximum 12 months 9 months 6 months 3 months
interval
with various epoxy- and maximum 6 months 3 months 1 month 1 month
polyurethane coatings interval

temperature
with various alkyds minimum 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
interval
interval
after exceeding of the maximum interval, glossy finishes require a

corresponding undercoat
best intercoat adhesion occurs when the subsequent coat is applied before
the preceding coat is fully cured
if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 630
September 2009

temperature
15C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
40C 0.5 hour

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 630
September 2009
development.
PDS 7430
179099 green 4199052200
179101 grey 5177052200
179103 redbrown 6179052200
179105 black 8000002200
179106 aluminium 9000002200
179583 RAL 6002 6002262200
179586 offwhite 7001002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
atmospheric exposure
particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
good flexibility
compatible with various aged coatings
good recoatability with most epoxy-, polyurethane-, chlorinated rubber-,
alkyd- and acrylic paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 85 2% (for offwhite)
max. 2 months *
Curing time 7 days
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for excellent corrosion protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m or power tool
AND TEMPERATURES cleaned to ISO-St2 for good corrosion protection
existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point during
application and curing
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
November 2010

Induction time 15 minutes, for substrate temperatures below +10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92 or Thinner 91-99 for better flow
or eyes

dft in m 60 100 150
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
November 2010
substrate -5C 0C 5C 10C 20C

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum 48 hours 24 hours 20 hours 16 hours 8 hours
coatings interval
interval

temperature
with polyurethanes minimum 96 hours 64 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
interval
maximum 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month
interval
after exceeding of the maximum interval, glossy finishes require a

corresponding undercoat
the preceding coat is fully cured
if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface

temperature

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
November 2010
0C 3 hours
10C 2 hours
20C 1 hour

development.
PDS 7434
179613 base L 20 ltr
179609 base Z 20 ltr
173524 clear hardener
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 640
3 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high solids epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS high performance self priming universal epoxy

high solids, low VOC
surface tolerant and abrasion resistant
compatible with prepared damp surfaces
good adhesion on most existing coatings
available in a wide colour range
also available with MIO pigmentation

Mass density 1.4 g/cm (white)
Volume solids 87 2%
max. see tables *
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St3 or
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS hand tool clean to ISO-St2 or ultra high pressure water jet to WJ2L
AND TEMPERATURES for immersion exposure: steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
concrete and other cement-bonded substrates; dry, hard and free from
contamination such as laitance, grease and dust
roughened
for single pack coatings; extra precautions are necessary

the paint should be stirred well before use, preferably by means of a
mechanical mixer, to ensure homogeneity
add cure to resin and continue stirring until homogeneous
page 1/3
SIGMACOVER 640
March 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner needed
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER apply evenly, using a well loaded brush or roller

application by brush or roller will provide approx. 80 microns dft in a single
coat application
or eyes
dft in m 100 125 200

Overcoating table for SigmaCover 640 for dft at 125 m

temperature
interval
maximum extended *
interval
* This product has an extended maximum overcoating time.
Surfaces to be overcoated must be clean and dry.
Any contamination must be identified and adequately removed.
Particular attention must be paid to surfaces that have been exposed to heat
and/o rsunlight and where chalking may be present.
A degree of surface cleaning will be required. Your PPG representative can
advise onsuitable cleaning methods.
page 2/3
SIGMACOVER 640
March 2011
Curing table for dft at 125 m

temperature
during the curing period precautions must be taken to avoid contact of the
coating with moisture, otherwise blushing may occur

development.
PDS 7988
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 640 ALUMINIUM
3 pages March 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS high performance self priming universal epoxy

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - semigloss

Volume solids 85 2%
max. see tables *
roughened
point

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
March 2011
AIR SPRAY

coat application
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaCover 640 Aluminium for dft at 125 m

temperature
interval
maximum extended *
interval
and/or sunlight and where chalking may be present.
advise on suitable cleaning methods.

temperature
page 2/3
March 2011

development.
PDS 7992
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 640 ALUMINIUM LT
3 pages March 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS low temperature curing down to 0C

high performance self priming universal epoxy
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - semigloss

Volume solids 79 2%
max. see tables *
roughened
point

Pot life 2.5 hours at 10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
March 2011
AIR SPRAY

coat application
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaCover 640 Aluminium LT for dft at 125 m

temperature
interval
maximum extended *
interval

temperature
page 2/3
March 2011

development.
PDS 7993
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 640 LT
3 pages March 2011


high performance self priming universal epoxy
available in a wide colour range
also available with MIO pigmentation

Volume solids 88 2%
max. see tables *
concrete and other cement-bonded substrates; dry, hard and free from
contamination such as laitance, grease and dust
roughened
for single pack coatings; extra precautions are necessary

Pot life 1 hour at 20C
page 1/3
SIGMACOVER 640 LT
March 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

coat application
or eyes
dft in m 100 125 200

Overcoating table for SigmaCover 640 LT for dft at 125 m

temperature
interval
maximum extended *
interval
page 2/3
SIGMACOVER 640 LT
March 2011

20C 5 hours 7 days

development.
PDS 7989
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 640 SEALER
(Amerlock Sealer)
DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant solvent free rust penetrating epoxy sealer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS penetrates rust and adheres to aged coatings

surface tolerant coating for lower grade of steel preparation
primer for concrete surfaces
overcoatable with most types of coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS clear - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 0 g/l (0 lb/gal)
Overcoating interval max. 1 month *
min. 24 hours
RECOMMENDED concrete, sand/cement; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%
AND TEMPERATURES steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
corrosion protection

for airless application the temperature of base and hardener should be at
least 15C
lower temperatures possible for roller application
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 1 hour at 20C *
page 1/3
(Amerlock Sealer)
January 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER ROLLER: nylon suitable for 2 component epoxy with hair length 8 mm
BRUSH: for stripe coating and spot repair only
spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask and gloves should be used
during spraying
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for dft up to 40 m

temperature
for various two pack epoxies minimum 34 hours 30 hours 24 hours 18 hours
interval
maximum 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month
interval

the fully cured stage is reached
if this time is exceeded the surface has to be roughened

temperature
page 2/3
(Amerlock Sealer)
January 2010
20C 60 min.
30C 30 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during pot life may increase up to 60C at gel
point

explosion hazard- toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
development.
PDS 7995
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 805

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS can be used directly to metal

very good surface wetting
tar free
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available - gloss
Volume solids 82 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 150 m depending on system
max. 28 days *
Ready for immersion 3 days *

SPSS-Ss
steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m or
previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 805 or suitable primer) dry and free from
any contamination and within the minimum and maximum overcoating
time
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 805
September 2009

AIRLESS SPRAY
or eyes

dft in m 150

temperature
interval *
interval
* for polyurethane paints like SigmaDur 550 and SigmaDur 520 the minimum
overcoating time should be raised with 50%
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 805
September 2009
substrate temperature for immersion in water

5C 10 days
10C 7 days
15C 5 days
20C 3 days
30C 2.5 days
40C 1.5 day
15C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
40C 0.5 hour

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 805
September 2009
development.
PDS 7726
182345 offwhite 7001002200
190856 brown 2000002200
182348 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 1000

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat protection for steel structures with excellent corrosion resistance
can be applied at a dft up to 1000 m by heavy duty single feed airless
spray equipment (60:1)
one coat heavy duty deck system
can be immersed in (sea)water after 4 hours of curing at 20C
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness min. 500 - 1000 m depending on system
max. 20 days *

AND TEMPERATURES shop primed steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100
m
coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L (blasting profile 40 - 70 m)
point
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
September 2009

20C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to
approx. 30C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
BRUSH for stripe coating and spot repair only


has been expired
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
September 2009

dft in m 500 1000
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 400 m

a difference is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
a practical recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified
dft plus 60 m

(for spot repair and stripe coating only)

temperature
minimum 3 days 48 hours 20 hours 16 hours 12 hours
interval
interval
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
September 2009

temperature
early exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial cure of 3 hours at
20C
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
September 2009
development.
PDS 7450
179640 grey 5000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 1500

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant solvent free polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose primer/buildcoat for long term protection of steel structures
compatible with various aged coating like aged alkyd, epoxy and
polyurethane
reduces explosion risk and fire hazard in confined spaces
can be used from temperatures above 5C
can be applied by roller
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - gloss
Volume solids 99 1%
Overcoating interval max. see tables *
min. see tables *
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for excellent corrosion protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
stainless steel; degreased and blast cleaned to roughness of
40 - 70 m
existing sound epoxy coating, polyurethane and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened dry and cleaned
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009

for airless application the temperature of base and hardener should be at
least 20C
lower temperatures possible for roller application
Induction time none
BRUSH/ROLLER ROLLER: nylon suitable for 2 component epoxy with hair length 8 mm
BRUSH: for stripe coating and spot repair only

has been expired
spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask and gloves should be used
during spraying

real applied wft, this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the
paint which retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009


temperature
SigmaCover 1500, SigmaCover minimum 3 days 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
456, SigmaCover 435 and interval
polyurethanes
maximum 1 month
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum 1 month
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

the fully cured stage is reached
if this time is exceeded the surface has to be roughened

temperature

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009
20C 60 min.
30C 30 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7715
231790 grey 5000001400
237619 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
4 pages 25 November 2009

DESCRIPTION two component aliphatic clear acrylic polyurethane gloss finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS recoatable clear acrylic polyurethane finish

suitable for application over aluminium pigmented polyurethanes
excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
excellent gloss retention
non-chalking, non-yellowing
tough and abrasion resistant
resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, white spirit, paraffins,
aliphatic petroleum products and mild chemicals
reduced sensitivity to early condensation and rain
can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS clear - gloss
Volume solids 50 2%
Touch dry after 1 hour
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (polyurethane) dry and free from any contamination and
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS sufficiently roughened if necessary
acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from water or ice
page 1/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
25 November 2009

Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1 - 1.5 mm
BRUSH
or eyes
contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
avoid at all times inhalation of aerosol spraymist
page 2/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
25 November 2009

dft in m 35 50
Overcoating table with itself

temperature
minimum 48 30 16 9 6 4\
maximum unlimited
interval
Curing table

-5C 48 hours 20 days
0C 24 hours 16 days
20C 6 hours 7 days
30C 5 hours 5 days
40C 3 hours 3 days
10C 6 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
25 November 2009

development.
PDS 7531
192494 clear 0000001400
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 520
(SIGMADUR HB FINISH)
4 pages March 2010

DESCRIPTION two component high build semigloss aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS easy application by roller and airless spray

unlimited recoatable
good colour and gloss retention (aluminium version becomes grey)
resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range and aluminium as RAL 9006 available - semigloss
1.1 g/cm (aluminium)
Volume solids 58 2% (white), 48 2% (aluminium)
VOC (supplied) max. 287 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (white)
max. 377 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (RAL 9006)
max. 383 g/l (approx. 3.2 lb/gal) (white)
max. 405 g/l (approx. 3.4 lb/gal) (aluminium)
max. unlimited
Flash point base 26C, hardener 42C
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any contamination
premature exposure to early condensation and rain may cause colour and
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 520
March 2010

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
theoretical spreading rate m/l

colours 11.6 7.7
aluminium 9.6 6.4
dft in m 50 75
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 520
March 2010
Overcoating table for SigmaDur products

temperature
minimum 24 16 8 6 5 3
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any contamination
interval
Curing table

0C 16 hours 11 days
10C 8 hours 6 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 5 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
gloss change
10C 7 hours
20C 5 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 520
March 2010
development.
PDS 7524
119852 white 7000002200
183212 aluminium 9006262200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 540
(SIGMACOVER HS NISO FINISH)
3 pages December 2010

DESCRIPTION two component high gloss VOC compliant epoxy acrylic finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS non--isocyanate

colour and gloss retention superior to standard epoxy coatings
long pot life but quick drying
COLOURS AND GLOSS wide colour range - highgloss
Volume solids 54 2%
Full cure after 7 days
Flash point base 29C, hardener 24C
RECOMMENDED previous epoxy coats; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently

if required, thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMADUR 540
December 2010
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 50 60
Overcoating table

temperature
interval
Curing table at 50 m for SigmaDur 540

5C 22 hours 14 days
20C 10 hours 7 days
30C 6 hours 4 days
page 2/3
SIGMADUR 540
December 2010
10C 10 hours
20C 6 hours
30C 3 hours

development.
PDS 7740
204030 white 7000001400
page 3/3
SIGMADUR 550

DESCRIPTION two component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS unlimited recoatable

good application properties
Protective & Marine Coatings) - gloss
Volume solids 55 2%
max. unlimited
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 550
December 2010

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 50 60
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 550
December 2010

temperature
minimum 24 16 8 hours 6 hours 5 hours 3 hours
interval hours hours
maximum unlimited
interval
Curing table

0C 16 hours 11 days
10C 8 hours 6 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 5 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
gloss change
10C 7 hours
20C 5 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 550
December 2010
development.
PDS 7537
238761 white 7000001400
238763 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 580
(SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS)

DESCRIPTION two component high solids semigloss recoatable acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance against corrosion and sea water

COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) - semigloss
Volume solids 75 2%
max. unlimited
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point

page 1/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 125

temperature
minimum 60 44 24 12 8 5
interval
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2010
Curing table
substrate temperature touch dry full cure

-5C 8 hours 22 days
0C 5 hours 18 days
10C 3 hours 10 days
20C 2 hours 7 days
30C 1 hour 4 days
40C 0.5 hour 3 days
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss
10C 7 hours
20C 5 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2010
development.
PDS 7530
180158 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 590
4 pages May 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high solids aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

good application properties
Volume solids 73 2%
max. 185 g/l (approx 1.5 lbs/gal )UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3
Touch dry after 2.5 hours
max. 7 days
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2011

Induction time none
Pot life 2.5 hours at 20C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2011

temperature
interval
maximum 7 days 7 days 12 hours
interval
Curing table

10C 72 hours 6 days
20C 10 hours 4 days
30C 5 hours 3 days
gloss change
10C 4 hours
20C 2.5 hours
30C 1 hour

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2011
development.
PDS 7518
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 1800
4 pages May 2008

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polymeric urethane
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

outstanding colour and gloss retention
Volume solids 68 2%
max. unlimited

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 1800
May 2008
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53
or eyes

dft in m 75 100 125
Overcoating table for SigmaDur 1800

temperature
minimum 3 2 1 12 8 5
interval days days day hours hours hours
interval
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 1800
May 2008
Curing table

-5C 8 hours 22 days
0C 5 hours 18 days
10C 3 hours 10 days
20C 2 hours 7 days
30C 1 hour 4 days
40C 0.5 hour 3 days
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss
10C 7 hours
20C 5 hours
30C 4 hours
40C 3 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 1800
May 2008
development.
PDS 7529
236077 white 7000001400
236081 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 20
3 pages March 2010

DESCRIPTION high build zinc phosphate primer based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS good anticorrosive properties under atmospheric conditions

fast drying
fast handling
recoatable with most one and two component coatings
suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey (other (RAL) colours on request) - flat
Volume solids 55 2%
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 75 m dft *
at higher dft's drying time will be longer
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2
SPSS-Pt2
point

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST 20
March 2010
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.35 MPa (= approx. 3.5 bar; 50 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaFast 20 for dft up to 75 m
with alkyd based products substrate 10C 15C 20C

(e.g. SigmaFast 20 and 40) temperature
minimum 75 min. 60 min. 45 min.
interval
maximum unlimited unlimited unlimited
interval
Overcoating table for SigmaFast 20 for dft up to 75 m
with two component products: substrate 10C 15C 20C

SigmaCover 456, SigmaCover temperature
435, SigmaDur 520
interval
maximum unlimited unlimited unlimited
interval
page 2/3
SIGMAFAST 20
March 2010

development.
PDS 7155
178249 redbrown 2008002200
181056 grey 7035262200
179897 base L 0710002194
179898 base Z 0070002158
page 3/3
SIGMAFAST 40

Revision of June 2007
DESCRIPTION high build finish coating, based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions

fast drying
fast handling
good gloss and colour retention
not suitable for immersion in water
Volume solids 45 2%
Touch dry after 45 min.
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 50 m dft
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. SigmaFast 20) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES old existing sound coating; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
point

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST 40
September 2009
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

temperature
interval
interval

page 2/3
SIGMAFAST 40
September 2009
development.
PDS 7234
235941 base L 0710002197
235942 base L 0710001492
235289 base Z 0070002179
235290 base Z 0070001448
page 3/3
SIGMAFAST 45

DESCRIPTION fast drying finish, based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions

good gloss and colour retention
fast drying
fast handling
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours - gloss
Volume solids 44 2%
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours for 35 m dft
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. SigmaFast 20) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES old existing sound coating; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned

AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner approx. 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
AIR SPRAY
Volume of thinner 25%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice approx. 1.4 - 2.0 mm
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST 45
September 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

temperature
interval
interval

page 2/3
SIGMAFAST 45
September 2009
development.
PDS 7236
165444 base L 0710002192
165794 base Z 0070002179
page 3/3
SIGMAFAST 205
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured zinc phosphate epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer/coating for atmospheric conditions

fast curing
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (other (RAL) colours on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 70 2%
max. 6 months *


Induction time none above 10C
10 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 205
March 2011
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 80 100 150
with SigmaFast 205, SigmaCover substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C

435,SigmaCover 456 and various temperature
two component polyurethane
coatings
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 205
March 2011
Curing table

5C 18 hours 8 days
10C 12 hours 6 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 4 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days

10C 10 hours
20C 6 hours
30C 3 hours

page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 205
March 2011
development.
PDS 7802
225064 grey 5188052200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 210
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build zinc phosphate polyurethane primer/finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS fast curing

specially designed for in-shop application
unlimited recoatable
good resistance to atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS a wide range of colours available by PPG colornet tinting system - semigloss
(data for white, for mixed product)
Volume solids 55 2%
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS galvanised steel; dry and free from any contamination and roughened (e.g.
AND TEMPERATURES sandpapering, sweepblasting)
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 210
March 2011

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 80 120
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 210
March 2011
with itself and two component substrate -5C 0C 10C 20C 30C
polyurethane finishes temperature
interval
maximum unlimited
interval
Curing table

0C 16 hours 11 days
10C 4 hours 5 days
20C 3 hours 4 days
30C 2 hours 3 days

gloss change
to increase the curing speed of SigmaFast 210 the use of SigmaFast 210
accelerator is allowed to a maximum of 5% on volume (set)
please note that by adding the SigmaFast 210 accelerator the potlife will be
reduced, see table below
20C 5 hours (no SigmaFast 210

accelerator)
20C 2 hours (2.5% - volume/set)
20C 1 hour (5.0% - volume/set)
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 210
March 2011

development.
PDS 7541
240785 black 8000002200
240786 black 8000001400
240787 white 7000002200
240788 white 7000001400
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 213

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine cured vinyl epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems for steel structures
in atmospheric exposure
fast drying and handling
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, yellow - flat
Volume solids 60 2%
Overcoating interval min. 1 hour *
max. 1 year *
Flash point <21C

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -5C is
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from ice

Induction time 15 minutes at 20C
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 213
September 2009

AIR SPRAY
BRUSH
or eyes

dft in m 80 100 180
Overcoating table for 80 m dft

temperature
minimum 3 hours 1.5 hour 45 min. 25 min.
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 213
September 2009
Overcoating table for 150 m dft

temperature
minimum 4.5 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour 35 min.
interval
interval

page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 213
September 2009
development.
PDS 7705
219313 yellow 3000002200
219315 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 302

DESCRIPTION two component silicate zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS good anticorrosive properties

fast curing
fast handling
topcoats must be unsaponifiable
reduced risk of mudcracking
ACQPA approval 21251
COLOURS AND GLOSS bluegreen, grey - flat
Volume solids 63 2%
Touch dry after 10 min. at 20C
Overcoating interval min. 40 min. *
max. 1 year *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature must be at least 3C above dew point

Induction time 10 minutes
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 302
January 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.6 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 50 80
with SigmaFast 213, SigmaCover substrate 0C 10C 20C 30C

456, SigmaCover 435, temperature
SigmaCover 410
minimum 45 min. 30 min. 25 min. 20 min.
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 302
January 2011

temperature
minimum 60 min. 50 min. 40 min. 35 min.
interval
interval

zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they should
not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
an interval of several months can be allowed under clean interior exposure
conditions
before overcoating any visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning

page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 302
January 2011
development.
PDS 7704
216759 bluegreen 1000002200
218818 bluegreen 1000002100
267560 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 370
3 pages March 2011

Revision of October 2009
DESCRIPTION two component high build epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer/coating for atmospheric conditions

fast curing
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (other (RAL) colours on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 66 2%
max. 6 months *


Induction time none above 10C
10 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10C
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST 370
March 2011
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 150
with SigmaFast 370, SigmaCover substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C

435 and SigmaDur 550 temperature
minimum 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
interval
interval

5C 16 hours 8 days
10C 8 hours 6 days
20C 5 hours 4 days
30C 2 hours 3 days
page 2/3
SIGMAFAST 370
March 2011
10C 5 hours
20C 4 hours
30C 3 hours

development.
PDS 7803
page 3/3
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL

DESCRIPTION one component, modified acrylic based, air drying industrial enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS fast drying

good exterior durability
excellent gloss and colour retention
VOC compliant as a finish
COLOURS AND GLOSS Wide range of colours, lead free: BS 4800, BS381C, RAL - gloss
Mass density 1.1 - 1.3 g/cm ( depending on colour)
Volume solids 53 2%
VOC (supplied) max. 420 g/l (approx. 3.5 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 40 m ( can be achieved by a single coat application or using a "wet on
wet" technique)
Theoretical spreading rate 21.2 m/l for 25 m, 13.3 m/l for 40 m*
Overcoating interval see overcoating table *
RECOMMENDED can be applied on most sound clean paint systems or onto clean bare metal
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS which has been primed with a suitable primer
AND TEMPERATURES application temperature range 5 - 30 C

addition of thinner may increase the VOC value of the product to greater
than 420 g/litre
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner should be required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be
added to the mixed components
Nozzle pressure 15 - 28 MPa (= approx. 2100 - 3900 p.s.i.)
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
November 2004
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner should be required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be
added to the mixed components
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner is required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be added if
desired to mixed components
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% if required
CLEANING SOLVENT
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaFast HS Enamel for dft up to 25 m
with itself substrate 5C 20C 30C

temperature
Overcoat up to 8 hours 5 hours 2 hours
Then after 30 hours 24 hours 16 hours
wrinkling of the topcoat may occur if overcoating takes place between the
times stated
Drying table
at substrate touch dry tack free hard dry

temperatures
5C 75 min. 120 min. 24 hours
page 2/3
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
November 2004

development.
PDS 0672UK
page 3/3
SIGMAGUARD 260
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy holding
primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS holding primer for SigmaGuard CSF 650, Novaguard 840 and
Novaguard 890
can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +5C
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink - eggshell
Volume solids 68 2%
max. 1 month *
SigmaGuard 260
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD 260
March 2011

5C - 20 min.
10C - 15 min.
15C - 10 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH only for spot repair and stripe coating

or eyes

dft in m 75 100
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD 260
March 2011
Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 260 for dft up to 75 m
with SigmaGuard CSF 650, substrate 5C 10C 15C 20C 30C

Novaguard 840 or Novaguard 890 temperature
interval
maximum 2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month
interval when
not exposed to
sunshine

5C 20 hours 10 days
10C 10 hours 7 days
20C 3 hours 5 days
40C 1 hour 3 days
5C 8 hours
10C 6 hours
15C 4 hours
20C 2 hours
40C 30 min.
page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD 260
March 2011

development.
PDS 7944
241815 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD 603
4 pages July 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat protection for maintenance or major refurbishment of ballast water
tanks and crude oil tanks
tolerant to marginal surface preparation
good corrosion resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
previous epoxy coat; in sound condition, dry and free from any
contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
pitted steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 is recommended
suitable primer; SigmaCover 280
substrate temperature must be above 5C during application and curing
There are no restrictions regarding dew point temperature and relative
humidity.
suitable for damp surfaces
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 m SigmaGuard 603
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD 603
July 2011

least 20C
Induction time none


has been expired
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD 603
July 2011

dft in m 300 400
max. dft when brushing: 150 - 200 m

real applied wft
m
Overcoating with SigmaGuard 603 (spot repair and stripe coating)

temperature
interval
interval
substrate dry to handle minimum curing full cure

temperature time before
exposure to sea
water
page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD 603
July 2011
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7985
267450 lightgrey 5163052200
page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD 720
4 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component reinforced high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of
chemicals
short curing periods
good low temperature curing
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS light green, grey - gloss
Volume solids 78 2%
Touch dry after 7 - 8 hours at 5C, 5 - 6 hours at 10C, 2 - 3 hours at 20C
max. 28 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous coat; dry, free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened if
AND TEMPERATURES necessary
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION tankcoatings system sheet: 3320
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD 720
April 2009

15C - 15 min.
20C - 10 min.
25C - 5 min.
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner up to 10% for a one coat application of 125 m dft
AIR SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 15% for a one coat application of 125 m dft
BRUSH not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating
or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD 720
April 2009

temperature
interval
interval
substrate temperature min. curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating

system before transport of
aliphatic petroleum cargoes without note 4,
products and ballast 7, 8 or 11
water and tanktest with
sea water
5C 10 days 17 days
10C 7 days 14 days
15C 5 days 8 days
20C 3 days 5 days
30C 2.5 days 4 days
40C 1.5 day 3 days
minimum curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
15C 3 hours
20C 1.5 hour
25C 1 hour
30C 30 min.
page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD 720
April 2009

development.
PDS 7433
179122 grey 5000002200
180730 green 4000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD 730
4 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of
chemicals
short curing periods
easy to clean
can be used under insulation up to 150C
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, cream - gloss
Volume solids 78 2%
Touch dry after 3 hours at 20C
max. 28 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous coat; dry, free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened if
AND TEMPERATURES necessary

15C - 15 min.
20C - 10 min.
25C - 5 min.
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD 730
April 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner up to 10% for a one coat application of 150 m dft
AIR SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 15% for a one coat application of 150 m dft
BRUSH not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating
or eyes

dft in m 125 150

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD 730
April 2009
substrate temperature min. curing time of SigmaGuard 730 tankcoating

system before transport of
aliphatic petroleum cargoes without note 4,
products and ballast 7, 8 or 11
water and tanktest with
sea water
5C 10 days 17 days
10C 7 days 14 days
20C 3 days 5 days
30C 2.5 days 4 days
40C 1.5 day 3 days
minimum curing time of SigmaGuard 730 tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
15C 3 hours
20C 1.5 hour
25C 1 hour
30C 30 min.

page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD 730
April 2009
development.
PDS 7459
247818 offwhite 7001002200
247817 cream 3000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD 750
6 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc rich (ethyl) silicate coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tankcoating with excellent solvent and chemical resistance

to be used as tankcoating or as a system primer in various paint systems
based on unsaponifiable binders
can withstand substrate temperatures from -90C up to +400C, under
normal atmospheric exposure conditions
high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
good impact and abrasion resistance
certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
must not be used for immersion in alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less
than pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - flat
Volume solids 65 2%
Recommended dry film thickness average dft 75 m to 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on smooth non-pitted
blast cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or light pitted, blast
cleaned steel
heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder: at least 9 months
pigment: at least 24 months (store pigment moisture free)
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD 750
April 2009
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned in-situ to at least ISO-Sa2, completely free from rust,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS scale, shop primer and contaminations, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
AND TEMPERATURES galvanised steel; sweep blasted to roughen the surface and to remove any
zinc salts which might be present
a heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
substrate temperatures ranging from -5C up to +40C during application are
acceptable
substrate temperature must be at least 3C above dew point during
application and curing
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 74 : 26

Many of Sigma's zinc silicates are supplied as 2 pack materials consisting of a
jerrycan with pigmented binder and a drum containing a bag of zinc powder.
To ensure proper mixing of both components the instructions given below must
be followed.
To avoid lumps in the paint do not add the binder to the zinc powder.
1) Take the bag with zinc powder out of the drum.

2.) Shake the binder in the jerrycan a few times to reach a certain degree of
homogenisation.
3.) Pour about 2/3 of the binder in the empty drum.
4.) With the jerrycan now reduced in weight and containing more free space,
shake it vigorously to obtain a homogeneous mix with no deposits left on the
bottom, and add this to the drum.
5.) Add the zinc powder gradually to the pigmented binder in the drum and at
the same time continuously stir the mixture by using a mechanical mixer
(keep the speed low).
6.) Stir the zinc dust powder thoroughly through the binder (high speed) and
keep stirring till, a homogeneous mixture is obtained.
7.) Strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen.
8.) Agitate continuously during application (low speed).
The use of a dedicated pump with a constant agitation for a zinc silicate
coating is recommended.
Note: At application temperature above 30C addition of max 10% by
volume of Thinner 90-53 may be necessary.
Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD 750
April 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be used
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair

apply a visible wet coat with a max. dft of 25 m
same for subsequent coats in order to obtain the required dft
UPGRADING DFT when for some reason the dft is below specification and an extra coat of
SigmaGuard 750 has to be applied, SigmaGuard 750 should be thinned down
with 25 - 50% Thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that remains
wet for some time
this is only valid for spray application
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA very highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles
Film thickness and spreading rate

dft in m 75 100
above 150 m dft mudcracking can occur

page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD 750
April 2009

(50% RH and higher)

temperature
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is dry and cleaned from
interval contamination and zinc salts
a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time

if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) SigmaGuard 750 should be sealed with approved coatings
SigmaGuard 750 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or immersion)
during and after application; it is recommended that relative humidity and
temperature are measured during the curing time
before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should be
obtained
when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat times
are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:
wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying
wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaGuard 750 should always be visibly
dry and checked on sufficient curing
for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be observed
page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD 750
April 2009

(50% RH and higher)
substrate temperature curing time for non curing time for full
immersion service resistance according to
resistance list
0C 24 hours 4 days
10C 18 hours 4 days
20C 12 hours 2 days
30C 6 hours 2 days
40C 4 hours 2 days
SigmaGuard 750 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
0C 24 hours
10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours

page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD 750
April 2009
development.
PDS 7551
295032 grey 0000002135
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
6 pages March 2010

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured modified epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tankcoating for drinking water

can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
approved for potable water by: National Institute of Public Health, Norway
for other approvals see sheet 1882
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280, SigmaGuard 215 (dft of
AND TEMPERATURES 50 m) or SigmaPrime 200 (dft of 75 m) should be used
concrete; blast cleaned to remove loose particles, laitance and
contamination
if a primer is required to withstand hydrostatic pressure, use SigmaShield
1090 prior to application of SigmaGuard CSF 575
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
March 2010

least 20C
Induction time none


has been expired
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
March 2010

dft in m 300 400

real applied wft
dft plus 60 m
Overcoating table for SigmaGuard CSF 575 for dft up to 300 m

temperature
minimum 4 days 24 hours 16 hours 10 hours
interval
interval
page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
March 2010

for drinking water
10C * 4 days 20 days
20C 1 day 12 days
30C 16 hours 7 days
40C 10 hours 5 days
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower
for drinking water tanks SigmaGuard CSF 575 must not be applied at
temperatures below 10C
for drinking water tanks, a tankwash should be carried out after full cure and
before the tank goes into service
WASHING PROCEDURE
all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
1 ltr/10 m
page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
March 2010
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase
DISCLAIMER
SigmaGuard CSF 575 is especially developed for the storage and transport
of drinking water and is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (See sheet 1882).
In order to fulfill the requirements it is important that the coating is well
ventilated during application and curing and that the coating has received full
curing.
Furthermore the recommended washing procedure should be followed
before exposure to drinking water, in line with our latest datasheet and
working procedure.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not accept any responsibility or
liability for any odour, taste or contamination imparted to the drinking water
from the coatings or products retained in the coating.

page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
March 2010
development.
PDS 7475
179135 cream 3012002200
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
6 pages May 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tankcoating for drinking water

can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
approved for drinking water by: KIWA Holland
for other approvals see sheet 1882
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue, white - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature must be above 10C and at least 3C above dew
if a holding primer is required SigmaGuard 215, SigmaCover 280 or
SigmaPrime 200 can be used
for KIWA only SigmaGuard 215 is approved as a holding primer
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
May 2011
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77.5 : 22.5
least 20C
10C - 15 min.
Pot life approx. 90 minutes at 20C *


has been expired
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
May 2011

dft in m 250 300 400

real applied wft
dft plus 60 m


temperature
minimum 4 days 24 hours 16 hours 10 hours
interval
interval
page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
May 2011

for drinking water
10C * 4 days 20 days
20C 1 day 12 days
30C 16 hours 7 days
40C 10 hours 5 days
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower
SigmaGuard CSF 585 must not be applied at temperatures below 10C
WASHING PROCEDURE
The recommended washing procedure must be applied after completion of the
application.
Sufficient time for full-curing and ventilation must be allowed in accordance with
the recommendations as stated in the latest Product Data Sheets and working
procedure.
Always an adequate washing procedure should be followed.
Several adequate washing procedures are available and may be used (see e.g.
washing procedure described in relevant certificate).
Example of adequate washing procedures:

1. after full curing of the system as per the latest PDS, the tank should be filled
completely with fresh tap water
the fresh tap water should remain in the tanks at least 4 full days
afterwards all tank compartments such as inner hull sides, bottom and deck-
heads etc. should be thoroughly washed using high pressure water
after washing, the tanks should be thoroughly drained
2. all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
1 ltr/10 m
page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
May 2011
20C 90 min.
30C 60 min.
increase
DISCLAIMER
SigmaGuard CSF 585 is especially developed for the storage and transport
of drinking water and is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (See sheet 1882).
In order to fulfill the requirements it is important that the coating is well
ventilated during application and curing and that the coating has received full
curing.
Furthermore the recommended washing procedure should be followed
before exposure to drinking water, in line with our latest datasheet and
working procedure. After the washing procedure PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings does not accept any responsibility or liability for any odour, taste
or contamination imparted to the drinking water from the washing products
retained in the coating.

page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
May 2011
development.
PDS 7785
219191 blue 1000002200
219190 white 7000002200
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
6 pages April 2009

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
also suitable as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water
good resistance to various chemicals
one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with
also a conductive version is available, see sheet 7753
can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat
system sheet 4144)
meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, offwhite, clear - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS suitable primer; SigmaGuard 260, SigmaCover 280, SigmaPrime series or
AND TEMPERATURES SigmaCover 522, depending on system requirements
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 m SigmaGuard CSF 650

or suitable primer (min. dft of 50 m) + 1 x 250 m SigmaGuard CSF 650
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
April 2009

20C
Induction time none


has been expired
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
April 2009

dft in m 250 300 600

real applied wft
m
with itself substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C

temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
40C 8 hours 2 days

page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
April 2009
when used as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water the
recommended working and washing procedure should be followed
WASHING PROCEDURE
The recommended washing procedure must be applied after completion of the
application.
Sufficient time for full-curing and ventilation must be allowed in accordance with
the recommendations as stated in the latest Product Data Sheets and working
procedure.
Always an adequate washing procedure should be followed.
Several adequate washing procedures are available and may be used (see e.g.
washing procedure described in relevant certificate).
Example of adequate washing procedures:

1. after full curing of the system as per the latest PDS, the tank should be filled
completely with fresh tap water
the fresh tap water should remain in the tanks at least 4 full days
afterwards all tank compartments such as inner hull sides, bottom and deck-
heads etc. should be thoroughly washed using high pressure water
after washing, the tanks should be thoroughly drained
2. all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
1 ltr/10 m
page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
April 2009
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
40C 25 min.
increase
Disclaimer for storage and transport of drinking water:

SigmaGuard CSF 650 is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (see sheet 1882)
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not accept any responsibility or
liability for any odour, taste or contamination imparted to the drinking water
from the coatings or products retained in the coating.

page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
April 2009
development.
PDS 7443
179131 green 4000002200
179511 clear 0000002200
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
4 pages April 2009

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS solvent free coating for the protection of steel storage tanks against
petroleum products
good conductive properties (<1x108Ohm)
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark grey - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile 50 - 100 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature must be above 5C and at least 3C above dew point

20C
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009


has been expired

dft in m 300 400

real applied wft
m
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009



temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase
page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009

development.
PDS 7753
220926 darkgrey 5004002200
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 445
4 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy in situ lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS provides excellent protection in severe chemical and high temperature
service
excellent resistance to blistering from the "cold wall effect"
excellent for use in sweet and sour crude, brine and processed petroleum
products
resistant to produced water containing hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide
COLOURS AND GLOSS light green - flat
Volume solids 70 2%
max. 5 days *
RECOMMENDED steel; chemically cleaned according to sheet 1493 or/and sand jetted, dry
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS and free from any contamination
point

(do not vary proportions)
base and hardener should preferably be stored at a temperature of 15 -
20C
power agitate base component to uniform consistency before adding
hardener, then again after adding hardener
add the hardener gradually to the base, using a mechanical mixer
no thinners should be added when used as an in situ coating
after mixing, commencement of the in situ application must be within 3 hours
Induction time 15 minutes
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 445
April 2009
IN SITU APPLICATION application of this coating to internal pipe surfaces is accomplished by the
use of pigs, pupjoints, compressors and other specialized equipment
this application should be referred to contractors specializing and
experienced in this type of work
coating performance is dependent upon proper surface preparation,
application and curing; these factors are not under the control of PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings and therefore no warranty can be offered
after the application of each coat, dry air has to be blown through the
coated pipe until the next coat is applied (see table for minimum overcoating
intervals)
this will remove the solvents and accelerate the curing
after the last coat is applied, fresh air blowing has to continue for a minimum
of 24 hours
depending on line length, it may be necessary to switch the direction of the
fresh air
Ventilation compressed air to be introduced into the line to remove all solvents during and
after coating or drying procedures
or eyes

dft in m 50 75 100
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 445
April 2009
Overcoating table for SigmaLine 445 for dft up to 75 m

temperature
interval
maximum 7 days 5 days 3 days 1 day
interval
after the application of each coat, warm dry air can be applied after sufficient
ambient curing to accelerate the curing
it is beneficial to post cure the total coating system to increase the chemical
resistance
substrate temperature curing time after final coat

10C 24 days
15C 26 days
20C 10 days
25C 7 days
30C 5 days
35C 3 days
40C 2 days
20C 6 hours
25C 5 hours
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 445
April 2009

Internal chemical cleaning of steel pipes -
in-situ application see information sheet 1493
development.
PDS 7618
lightgreen
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 855

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free polyurethane coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS solvent free coating for the protection of external of pipelines and
underground storage tanks
certified to GBE/CW6 Part 1, meets EN10290
fast curing
good abrasion and impact resistance
excellent adhesion
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue, grey, redbrown - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 1500 m in one coat

AND TEMPERATURES point, lower temperatures will reduce flow properties
for atmospheric exposure a top coat of SigmaDur 520 is recommended

application with twin feed hot airless spray equipment
Induction time none
Pot life 1 minute at 60C *
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 855
November 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY twin feed hot airless spray

pumping viscosity is achieved at 50C - 70C
temperature in the mixing unit must be between 65C and 75C
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.58 - 0.81 mm (= 0.023 - 0.032 in) depending on required production
speed and dft
Temperature at nozzle 60C

mixed material will become insoluble within a few minutes after mixing at
60C
parts of the spraying equipment containing mixed base and hardener must
be cleaned immediately after completion of the job or during any interruption

dft in m 1500
Overcoating
for a good intercoat adhesion it is necessary that a coated surface which

should be repaired or completely recoated is roughened up by means of
sweep blasting or abrading
for manual repaint of small damages special repair sets are available called:
"SigmaLine 855 repair", product data sheet 7655 RP
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 855
November 2010

temperature
30C 15 min. 30 min. 2 days
20C 5 min.
50C 2 min.
60C 1 min.
70C 0.5 min.
REFERENCES SigmaLine 855 repair see product data sheet 7655 RP

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 855
November 2010
development.
PDS 7655
184960 blue 100000 (set 1000 ltr)
235683 redbrown 200800 (set 1000 ltr)
235693 grey 500000 (set 1000 ltr)
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 859
(SIGMALINING PURTAR SF 59)

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free polyurethane tar coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS solvent free coating for the protection of external of pipelines and
underground storage tanks
fast curing
excellent adhesion
COLOURS AND GLOSS black - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 1500 m in one coat
Touch dry after 1 hour *
Flash point base and hardener above 65C

AND TEMPERATURES point, lower temperatures will reduce flow properties

Induction time none
Pot life 1 minute at 60C *
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2011

speed and dft
Temperature at nozzle 60C

mixed material will become insoluble within a few minutes after mixing at
60C
parts of the spraying equipment containing mixed base and hardener must
be cleaned immediately after completion of the job or during any interruption
if any symptoms arise immediately seek medical advice

dft in m 1500
Overcoating
for a good intercoat adhesion it is necessary that a coated surface which

should be repaired or completely recoated is roughened up by means of
sweep blasting or abrading
for manual repaint of small damages special repair sets are available called:
"SigmaLine 859 repair", product data sheet 7659 RP
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2011
Curing table

temperature
30C 15 min. 30 min. 2 days

20C 5 min.
50C 2 min.
60C 1 min.
70C 0.5 min.

page 3/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2011
development.
PDS 7659
155313 black 180 ltr base
155314 transparent 200 ltr hardener
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 2000
4 pages April 2010

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat system direct to metal for pipe externals
suitable for e.g. bell holing jobs
resistant to well designed cathodic protection
can be applied by heavy duty twin feed hot airless spray equipment
can be applied at a substrate temperature of 90C
approved to Saudi Aramco APCS 113A
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 2 months *


20C
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 2000
April 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1


has been expired

dft in m 600 1000 1500

real applied wft
m
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 2000
April 2010


temperature
interval
maximum 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
interval

5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
40C 20 min. *
* it is recommended to use plural airless equipment due to the short pot life
increase

page 3/4
SIGMALINE 2000
April 2010
development.
PDS 7497
189997 redbrown 2008002200
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 2500
4 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat system direct to metal for pipe externals
excellent resistance to cathodic protection
fast curing especially when applied to preheated substrates
can be applied to rotating pipes at a dry film thickness (dft) up to 600 m at a
substrate temperature up to 90C
approved to Saudi Aramco APCS 113
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark brown - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Overcoating interval min. equal to dry to handle time (see curing table)
max. 2 days (external exposure) or 1 month (in-shop exposure)
Full cure after 3 hours at 60C
Gellation time 4 - 6 min. at 50C

the recommended substrate temperature should be preferably between
40C and 60C
these recommended substrate temperatures ensure good curing and
appearance

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 2500
April 2009

speed and dft
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only


has been expired

dft in m 600

real applied wft
m
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 2500
April 2009


temperature
minimum 3 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour
interval
maximum 1 month 1 month 1 month
interval *
* when exposed to sunlight maximum interval is 2 days for all mentioned temperatures

20C 3 hours 2 days
30C 90 min. 1 day
40C 60 min. 12 hours
50C 40 min. 6 hours
60C 30 min. 3 hours
70C 20 min. 2 hours
90C 10 min. 1 hour
20C 20 min.
50C 5 min.
60C 4 min.
70C 3 min.
for touch up due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing
may increase
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 2500
April 2009

development.
PDS 7667
195814 dark brown 2058002200
page 4/4
SIGMAPRIME 200 SERIES

DESCRIPTION two component multi purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS universal epoxy priming system suitable for all vessel areas
excellent anticorrosive properties and water resistance
surface tolerant, pure epoxy primer with good abrasion and chemical
resistance
excellent adhesion to steel, shop primer, galvanised steel and non ferrous
metals
suitable for application and curing in a wide range of climatic conditions
suitable for bulk supply and twin feed application
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, yellow/green (redbrown for SigmaPrime 200 K) - eggshell
Mass density SigmaPrime 200: SigmaPrime 200 K:

1.3 g/cm 1.4 g/cm
Volume solids 57 2% 60 2%
VOC (supplied) max. 326 g/kg max. 287 g/kg
(Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 430 g/l (approx. 3.6 lb/gal) max. 392 g/l (approx. 3.3 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 200 m depending on system 100 - 200 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 7.6 m/l for 75 m, 6 m/l for 100 m,
2.9 m/l for 200 m * 3 m/l for 200 m *
max. see tables *
page 1/5
November 2010

m
roughened up
previous coat; (e.g. SigmaPrime 200) dry and free from any contamination

3105, 3106 (spec. 2), 3107, 3108

Induction time none
page 2/5
November 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
theoretical spreading rate m/l

SigmaPrime 200 7.6 4.6 3.6 2.9
SigmaPrime 200 K 6.0 4.8 3.8 3.0
dft in m 75 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
Dry Film Thickness of 2000 m may occur occasionally (minor areas) where
multiple overlapping is unavoidable (i.e. around scallops, corners, erection joint
lines etc.). PPG must be consulted in case of DFT readings fall outside this
recommendation.
page 3/5
November 2010
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 200 or 200 K for dft up to 160 m

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum 13 hours 6 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour
coatings interval
interval when
not exposed to
sunshine
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

temperature
30C 45 min. 2.5 hours 5 days
40C 30 min. 1.5 hour 4 days

15C 10 hours
20C 7 hours
30C 4 hours
page 4/5
November 2010

Building
development.
PDS 7416
202391 SigmaPrime 200 yellow/green 4009002200 (202390 base, 202389 hardener)
211291 SigmaPrime 200 grey 9515052200 (211282 base, 202389 hardener)
244820 SigmaPrime 200 K grey 9515052150 (243529 base, 240992 hardener)
244832 SigmaPrime 200 K redbrown 2008002150 (243540 base, 240992 hardener)
page 5/5
SIGMAPRIME 700
5 pages April 2011

DESCRIPTION two component multi purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose epoxy primer/coating in protective coating systems for steel
and non ferrous metals
good adhesion to non ferrous metals
during construction
can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and
two component polyurethane coatings
compatible with well designed cathodic protection systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown, yellow/green, green - eggshell
Volume solids 70 2%
max. see tables *
page 1/5
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2011

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m
radius of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding or at least
equivalent process before painting
m
dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust
size classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated
without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
roughened up

3105, 3106 (spec. 1), 3107, 3108

Induction time none
page 2/5
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
recommendation.
page 3/5
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2011
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 700 for dft up to 160 m
with various two pack epoxy substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
coatings temperature
minimum 15 hours 9 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hour
interval
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

temperature

15C 10 hours
20C 8 hours
30C 4 hours
page 4/5
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2011

Building
development.
PDS 7930
245824 grey 9515052150 (245344 base, 245346 hardener)
321760 green 4000002150 (321758 base, 245346 hardener )
page 5/5
SIGMAPRIME 800
4 pages October 2009

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine adduct cured pure epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS universal epoxy system suitable for all vessel areas
excellent anticorrosive properties and water resistance
good abrasion and chemical resistance
excellent crack resistance
suitable for use on a wide range of substrates
suitable for application and curing in a wide range of climatic conditions
user friendly fitting shipyard block stage practices
suitable for bulk supply and twin feed application
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, green - gloss
Volume solids 80 2%
max. 14 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 30 - 75 m
page 1/4
SIGMAPRIME 800
October 2009
m
roughened up
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet: 3106 (spec. 3)

see also attached application instructions
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/4
SIGMAPRIME 800
October 2009
or eyes

dft in m 100 160 250
max. dft:
recommendation.
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 800 for dft up to 160 m

temperature
minimum 14 hours 11 hours 5 hours 2.5 hours
interval
interval

temperature

page 3/4
SIGMAPRIME 800
October 2009
15C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour

Building
development.
PDS 7938
271141 green 4009002150 (271140 base, 271152 hardener)
271143 green 4009002700 (271142 base, 271153 hardener)
page 4/4
SIGMARINE 24
3 pages July 2009

DESCRIPTION modified zinc phosphate alkyd primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS economic general purpose maintenance and newbuilding primer

suitable for use on superstructures and on steel surfaces not normally
exposed to water immersion
the adhesion of subsequent coats is not affected by long weathering periods
of the primer
should not be used over zinc primers, except when exposed to dry interior
conditions
to be recoated with conventional paint systems
a thickness of 75 m can be obtained by spray application in one operation
by means of the crosscoat technique
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, brown (offwhite only on request) - flat
Volume solids 56 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 16 m/l for 35 m; 7.5 m/l for 75 m
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5C, 2 hours at 20C
Overcoating interval min. 48 hours at 5C, 24 hours at 20C
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2
SPSS-Pt2
previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point but not above
50C
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3102, 3103, 3104, 3105, 3107

page 1/3
SIGMARINE 24
July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMARINE 24
July 2009
development.
PDS 7135
136774 brown 2000002200
136775 yellow 3000002200
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 35
2 pages June 2009

DESCRIPTION micaceous iron oxide (mio) alkyd topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric industrial exposure conditions

high UV resistance
mio effect
COLOURS AND GLOSS according to the Micaceous Iron Oxide Colour card of PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings - flat
Volume solids 51 2%
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED suitable primer; (e.g. Sigmarine 24) dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened if necessary
50C

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
page 1/2
SIGMARINE 35
June 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

development.
PDS 7244
various SAP codes
page 2/2
SIGMARINE 40
3 pages July 2009

DESCRIPTION alkyd undercoating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable in alkyd paint systems

recoatable with various one component products
especially formulated for maintenance work by brush or roller
good adhesion to anticorrosive primers and old paint systems
easy application by brush with excellent flow, giving a smooth eggshell
appearance
good drying properties even at low temperatures
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) - eggshell
Volume solids 45 2%
Touch dry after 6 hours at 10C, 2 hours at 20C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED suitable primer; (e.g. Sigmarine 24) dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened if necessary
not suitable for zinc primed steel
50C

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMARINE 40
July 2009
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.35 MPa (= approx. 3.5 bar; 50 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMARINE 40
July 2009
development.
PDS 7213
136707 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 41
2 pages July 2009

DESCRIPTION semi gloss finish based on alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS for interior and exterior use

high opacity
can be applied over most intact alkyd paints
easy application by brush with excellent flow
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other (RAL) colours on request) - semigloss
Volume solids 56 2%
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmarine 40) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point but not above
50C

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.5 mm
page 1/2
SIGMARINE 41
July 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

development.
PDS 7256
103393 white 7000002200
page 2/2
SIGMARINE 48
3 pages July 2009

DESCRIPTION general purpose gloss paint based on a modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS particularly suitable as a finish for boottop, topside, deck and deckequipment
a quick drying, hard, tough, water- and weather resistant coating with
moderate gloss retention
this coating is particularly suitable for areas intermittently exposed to water-
immersion and atmospheric conditions
also available with non-skid material (supplied separately) for use on deck
surfaces
Volume solids 45 - 49 2% (colours) - 48 2% (white)
Theoretical spreading rate 12.8 - 14.0 m/l (colours) - 13.7 m/l (white) for 35 m
Touch dry after 1 hour at 20C, 3 hours at 5C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
50C
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION systems for boottop and topside system sheet: 3102
systems for superstructure and deck fitting system sheet: 3104

page 1/3
SIGMARINE 48
July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 - 3 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMARINE 48
July 2009
development.
PDS 7238
136828 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 49
3 pages July 2009

DESCRIPTION high gloss alkyd finishing coat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable for interior and exterior use

easy application by brush with excellent flow
high opacity
gas proof: no discolouration with sulphur dioxide
not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) - gloss
Mass density 0.9 - 1.2 g/cm (colours) - 1.1 g/cm (white)
Volume solids 50 - 55 2% (colours) - 50 2% (white)
Theoretical spreading rate 14.3 - 15.7 m/l (colours) - 14.3 m/l (white) for 35 m
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmarine 40, Sigmarine 24) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
50C

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMARINE 49
July 2009
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMARINE 49
July 2009
development.
PDS 7240
136845 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMASHIELD 220

DESCRIPTION two component reinforced high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose primer for coating systems for steel
outstanding sea water resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green - gloss
Volume solids 78 2%
Overcoating interval min. 3.5 hours *
max. 14 days *

steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 220
October 2009

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 220
October 2009
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 220 for dft up to 150 m

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hour
interval
interval
interval

substrate dry to handle full cure full cure *

temperature for immersion in
sea water
20C 3.5 hours 5 days 7 days
40C 1.5 hour 3 days 3 days

10C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 220
October 2009

development.
PDS 7922
192274 yellow/green 4009002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT

DESCRIPTION two component reinforced high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS general purpose primer for coating systems for steel
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green - gloss
Volume solids 78 2%
max. 14 days *

steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
October 2009

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 100 125
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
October 2009
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 220 LT for dft up to 150 m

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum 36 hours 22 hours 16 hours 10 hours 7 hours
interval
interval
interval

substrate dry to handle full cure full cure

sea water

5C 2 hours
10C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
October 2009

development.
PDS 7926
202660 yellow/green 4009002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 420

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS coating for cargo tanks of bulk- or oil carriers and storage tanks
build coat for underwater- and boottop systems
excellent abrasion and impact resistance
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 81 2%
max. 14 days *
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 280 or SigmaShield 220) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
February 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for 200 m dft,
10% for 100 m dft
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 150 175 200

temperature
interval
interval
interval
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
February 2011

sea water
20C 3.5 hours 5 days 7 days
40C 1.5 hour 3 days 3 days
for cargo hold application: for full cure for hard angular cargoes, please
contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine Coatings sales office
adequate ventilation to remove solvent must be maintained during
application and curing (please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
should SigmaShield 420 or the total coating system (2 x 125 m) be applied
in excess of the specified dry film thickness, then the time necessary to
reach full cure will be increased
10C 3 hours
20C 1.5 hour
30C 45 min.

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
February 2011
development.
PDS 7951
190960 grey 5177052200
192367 redbrown 6179052200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS coating for cargo tanks of bulk- or oil carriers and storage tanks
build coat for underwater- and boottop systems
easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 81 2%
max. 14 days *
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 280 (LT) or SigmaShield 220 (LT)) dry and
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS free from ice and any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be between -10C up to 15C during
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
February 2011

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for 200 m dft,
10% for 100 m dft
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 100 150 175 200
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
February 2011

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum 48 hours 24 hours 10 hours 5 hours 4 hours
interval
interval
interval

sea water
for cargo hold application: for full cure for hard angular cargoes, please
contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine Coatings sales office
adequate ventilation to remove solvent must be maintained during
application and curing (please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
should SigmaShield 420 LT or the total coating system be applied in excess
of the specified dry film thickness, then the time necessary to reach full cure
will be increased
5C 2 hours
10C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
February 2011

development.
PDS 7955
202661 grey 5177052200
202662 grey 5163052200
202659 redbrown 6179052200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 460

DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine adduct epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent abrasion and impact resistance

suitable for use on ice-going vessels
excellent resistance to corrosion
long term protection at areas subject to heavy wear and tear
very low water permeability, due to glassflake barrier
COLOURS AND GLOSS black (other (light) colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 81 2%
max. 28 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS suitable primer; (e.g. SigmaShield 220 (LT), SigmaCover 280 (LT)) dry and
AND TEMPERATURES free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 460
October 2009

very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential
filters should be removed from spray equipment
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for dft of about 400 m
Nozzle pressure 19 - 22.5 MPa (= approx. 190 - 225 bar; 2700 - 3200 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY

due to thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although this
does not affect performance
or eyes

dft in m 250 400
maximum recommended dft for complex structures is 250 m
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 460
October 2009

temperature
interval
interval

sea water

10C 3 hours
20C 1.5 hour
30C 45 min.

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 460
October 2009
development.
PDS 7952
191640 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT

DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine adduct epoxy
coating

suitable for use on ice-going vessels
Volume solids 81 2%
max. 14 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS suitable primer; (e.g. SigmaShield 220 (LT), SigmaCover 280 (LT)) dry and
AND TEMPERATURES free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
October 2009

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and repair

or eyes

dft in m 250 400
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
October 2009

temperature
interval
interval

for immersion in sea
water
-10C 72 hours --
0C 36 hours 18 days
5C 28 hours 10 days
10C 16 hours 7 days
15C 12 hours 5 days

5C 2 hours
10C 1 hour

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
October 2009
development.
PDS 7972
220252 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 825
(AMERLOCK 400 GFA)

DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy coating

high glassflake level
tar free
application and curing at temperatures down to 10C
suitable for immersion service
compatible with cathodic protection systems
up to 750 m in a single coat
Volume solids 91 2%
max. 3 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS primed steel; (e.g. SigmaCover 280) dry and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 825
(AMERLOCK 400 GFA)
October 2009

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 750
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 825
(AMERLOCK 400 GFA)
October 2009

temperature
with itself minimum 48 hours 32 hours 24 hours 12 hours
interval
with polyurethane durable finishes minimum 72 hours 48 hours 36 hours 18 hours
interval
interval

substrate touch dry dry through full cure

temperature
10C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 825
(AMERLOCK 400 GFA)
October 2009
development.
PDS 7745
242373 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 825 LT
(AMERLOCK 2 GFA)
DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy coating

high glassflake level
tar free
suitable for immersion service
compatible with cathodic protection systems
up to 750 m in a single coat
Volume solids 91 2%
max. 3 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS primed steel; (e.g. SigmaCover 280) dry and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 825 LT
(AMERLOCK 2 GFA)
October 2009

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 750
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 825 LT
(AMERLOCK 2 GFA)
October 2009

temperature
with itself minimum 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
interval
with polyurethane durable finishes minimum 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours
interval
maximum 3 months 3 months 2 months
interval

substrate temperature dry through full cure

20C 8 hours 8 days
30C 5 hours 5 days
10C 2 hours
20C 1 hour

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 825 LT
(AMERLOCK 2 GFA)
October 2009
development.
PDS 7749
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
4 pages July 2011

Revision of June 2011
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS primarily designed for use in offshore splashzone maintenance

continues to cure when immersed in water
long term protection in a single coat application
suitable on wet blast or ultra high pressure water (UHPWW) cleaned
substrates (damp or dry)
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, black (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 85 2%
Overcoating interval min. 3.5 hours *
max. 14 days
RECOMMENDED coating performance will depend upon the surface preparation degree
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2
blasting profile of 40 - 80 m is recommended
hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
coated steel
existing sound adhering epoxy coating systems; sufficiently roughened
and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
July 2011

do not thin more than is required by appropriate application property
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 500
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
July 2011

temperature
interval
interval
with itself maximum 40 days 32 days 28 days 21 days 14 days
interval
with various epoxy- and maximum 28 days 21 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
polyurethane coatings interval
substrate temperature touch dry dry to handle

5C 10 hours 28 hours
20C 3 hours 8 hours
30C 2 hours 5 hours
40C 1 hour 3 hours
premature exposure to water will lead to whitening of dark colours when

applied between tides on jetties, piling etc. this will not affect anticorrosive
properties of the coating
10C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
July 2011

development.
PDS 7743
yellow 1018262200
black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 905
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component glassflake reinforced solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable for both marine and offshore use

one coat protection for cargo holds with excellent corrosion resistance
excellent abrasion and impact resistance, especially to hard angular cargoes
good resistance to various chemicals
ideal for immersed, non immersed and partially immersed such as splash
zones, decks etc.,
COLOURS AND GLOSS green - gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *
RECOMMENDED for cargo holds:

AND TEMPERATURES for immersed areas:
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100 m, dry and
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION cargo holds system sheet: 3107
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 905
March 2011

20C
Induction time none


has been expired
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 905
March 2011

dft in m 400 500

real applied wft
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft
plus 60 m
maximum dry film thickness

temperature
interval
interval
Curing table

5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
40C 8 hours 2 days

page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 905
March 2011
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
40C 25 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7954
190476 green 4000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 1090
(SigmaCover Armour Compund)

DESCRIPTION two component ultra high build flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured,
epoxy compound
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties
suitable for the protection of steel and concrete
excellent resistance against impact and wear
excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions
can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application
texture of surface is rough
suitable for decks exposed to heavy impact and abrasion
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) - flat
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 3 - 5 mm
Theoretical spreading rate 0.2 m/l for 5000 m (= approx. 10 kg/m)
0.3 m/l for 3000 m (= approx. 6 kg/m)
Touch dry after 6 - 8 hours
Overcoating interval min. 4 days *
max. 30 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS concrete; free from laitance by blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%
point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 90.4 : 9.6
do not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes
the temperature of base and hardener when mixing the components should
be approx. 20C
use always mechanical mixing equipment
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
February 2010
add the hardener while stirring the base

mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 30 minutes at 20C *
APPLICATION A sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transported

from the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airless spray
gun.
Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are as short
as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binder will be
pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) material behind.
So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airless spraying, just
before the spraygun 5/8 inch).
APPLICATION WITH LOW equipment such as type 'Swinger Pump' Fizom A112 tech spray systems U.S.A.
PRESSURE PUMP
Nozzle orifice approx. 5.6 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisation
equipment such as Swinger Pump (11 : 1 ratio motor Air Tech spray equipment,
Houston, TX)
Nozzle orifice approx. 6.5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mix atomisation
APPLICATION BY PRESSURE pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lid
VESSEL vessel should not contain more than 25 litres
before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit
hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres,
preferably in two lengths of 3.5 metres
at low temperature hoses have to be insulated
Nozzle orifice approx. 6.5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mix atomisation
APPLICATION BY equipment such as 'quick spray', carrousel pump and spraying equipment
DISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP (Quickspray Inc., Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)
Nozzle orifice approx. 4 - 5 mm
APPLICATION BY TROWEL SigmaShield 1090 can be applied and compacted by trowels

TOUCH UP
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
February 2010
damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with SigmaShield 1090 by

means of filling knives
porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled with
SigmaShield 1090 by hand (trowel/filling knife)
larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)
suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars
other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest PPG Protective
& Marine Coatings sales office

insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with Thinner
90-53, repeat if necessary
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaShield 1090 for dft up to 4 mm
with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
temperature
minimum -- 7 days 4 days 1 day 1 day
interval
interval
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 1090 for dft up to 4 mm
with solventfree epoxies substrate 10C 20C 30C 40C

temperature
minimum 1 day or immediately wet on wet
interval
interval
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
February 2010
Curing table

temperature
10C 10 - 12 hours 48 hours 12 days
20C 30 min.
30C 15 min.

page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
February 2010
development.
PDS 7490
140425 white 7001002120
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200

DESCRIPTION two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS single coat system designed for under water hull of ice going and ice
breaking vessels
recognised by Lloyd's register as an abrasion resistant ice coating
low co-efficient of friction
suitable for new construction or maintenance/repair
also suitable for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion resistance
excellent water resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey, dark grey, brown (other colours on request) - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Theoretical spreading rate 2.5 m/l for 400 m, 2 m/l for 500 m *
max. 2 months *
Shelf life (min. 10C dry place) at least 12 months

page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200
October 2009

20C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1 pump


has been expired

dft in m 400 500
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200
October 2009

temperature
interval
with itself maximum 3 months 2 months 1 month
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
with itself, SigmaCover 525 and maximum 22 days 14 days 7 days
SigmaCover 456 interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine
with SigmaDur 550 maximum 14 days 7 days 4 days
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
increase
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200
October 2009

development.
PDS 7744
195822 lightgrey 5177052200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT

DESCRIPTION two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS single coat system designed for under water hull of ice going and ice
breaking vessels
recognised by Lloyd's register as an abrasion resistant ice coating
low co-efficient of friction
suitable for new construction or maintenance/repair
also suitable for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion resistance
excellent water resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS black - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Theoretical spreading rate 2.5 m/l for 400 m, 2 m/l for 500 m *
max. 22 days *

dry and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
October 2009

20C
Induction time none

heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1


has been expired

dft in m 400 500
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
October 2009

real applied wft
m

temperature
interval
with itself maximum 22 days 22 days 14 days 10 days
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
with itself, SigmaCover 525 and maximum 14 days 14 days 7 days 5 days
SigmaCover 456 interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

5C 48 hours 12 days
10C 24 hours 5 days
20C 12 hours 3 days
30C 6 hours 2 days
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
October 2009
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7746
241652 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 175

DESCRIPTION heat resistant modified alkyd aluminium finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS heat resistant up to 175C

high brilliancy
spray application improves the appearance
a minimum drying time of 3 days at 20C should be allowed before exposure
to heat
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - gloss
Volume solids 47 2%
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10C, 1 hour at 20C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5 - 10C, 16 hours at 20C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months,
longer storage period may affect the brilliancy
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (e.g. Sigmarine 24) dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION for heat resistant systems - see system sheet 3140

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
page 1/2
SIGMATHERM 175
October 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

development.
PDS 7260
136663 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
SIGMATHERM 230

DESCRIPTION two component high build heat resistant phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable as heat resistant system under insulation up to 230C

good application properties, resulting in a smooth layer
no post curing is required to obtain mechanical strength
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink, grey - eggshell
Volume solids 68 2%
max. 14 days *

AND TEMPERATURES SigmaTherm 230

5C - 20 min.
10C - 15 min.
15C - 10 min.
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 230
October 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm

or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaTherm 230 for dft up to 150 m

temperature
interval
interval
substrate temperature full cure

5C 7 days
10C 5 days
15C 4 days
20C 3 days
30C 2 days
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 230
October 2009
5C 8 hours
10C 6 hours
15C 4 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour

development.
PDS 7445
273020 pink 6007001400
273021 pink 6007002200
273022 grey 5000001400
273023 grey 5000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 350

DESCRIPTION heat resistant silicone/acrylic finish

to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
widely compatible with inorganic zinc primers
excellent resistance against weathering
to heat
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, aluminium (other colours on request) - semigloss
1.1 g/cm (aluminium)
Volume solids 39 2% (white)
42 2% (aluminium)
max. 491 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (aluminium)
max. 540 g/l (approx. 4.5 lb/gal) (aluminium)
Theoretical spreading rate 15.6 m/l for 25 m (white)
16.8 m/l for 25 m (aluminium)
Touch dry after 1 - 2 hours
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED thermal aluminium sprayed steel or thermal zinc sprayed steel; dry and free
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
contamination and zinc salts
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE power agitate to uniform consistency

by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply SigmaTherm 350 on top
of a zinc silicate primer
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 350
October 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 350
October 2009
development.
PDS 7565
186132 white 7000002200
168790 aluminium 9000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 450

DESCRIPTION heat resistant silicone based finish

after a drying time of 3 days at 20C a minimum temperature of 200C for 2
hours is necessary to obtain sufficient mechanical strength
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - eggshell
Volume solids 24 2%
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20C, 45 min. at 10C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED zinc silicate primer; (e.g. SigmaZinc 158) dry and free from any zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES thermal aluminium sprayed steel or thermal zinc sprayed steel; dry and free
from any contamination

by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply SigmaTherm 450 on top
of a zinc silicate primer
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
page 1/2
SIGMATHERM 450
October 2009
or eyes

development.
PDS 7563
186350 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
SIGMATHERM 500

DESCRIPTION heat resistant modified alkyd aluminium coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
heat resistant up to 500C; a minimum of 200C is necessary to fuse the
aluminium coating
to heat
application by spray improves the appearance
Volume solids 32 2%
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10C, 1 hour at 20C
Overcoating interval min. 48 hours at 5 - 10C, 24 hours at 20C
max. no limitations
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months,
longer storage period may affect the brilliancy
RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa3, blasting profile 40 - 70 m

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION for heat resistant systems - see system sheet 3140

AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 - 3 mm
page 1/2
SIGMATHERM 500
October 2009
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

development.
PDS 7261
136661 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
SIGMATHERM 520

DESCRIPTION one component heat resistant moisture curing (ethyl) silicate finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
up to 520C when applied on top of suitable zinc silicate primers
minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - flat
Volume solids 38 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 40 m * (25 m on top of the zinc silicate)
max. unlimited, contamination must be removed
RECOMMENDED suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES during application substrate temperatures ranging from -5C up to +50C are
acceptable
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir thoroughly till homogeneous

strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
agitate continuously during application
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMATHERM 520
October 2009
or eyes

dft in m 40
dft in m on top of zinc silicate 25
approx.
it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly into
the porous zinc silicate primer
immediately after spraying the finish should have a completely wet
appearance
excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise
cracking and flaking may occur
Overcoating table (relative humidity during curing should be above 50%)

temperature
interval
maximum unlimited
interval
curing can be accelerated by spraying water on to the coated surface 4

hours after application
the surface should be (kept) wet for the next 4 hours
relative humidity below 50% requires a much longer minimum overcoating
interval
page 2/4
SIGMATHERM 520
October 2009
Curing table (relative humidity during curing should be above 50%)
at substrate dry to handle full cure

temperatures
-5C 2 hours 48 hours
0C 2 hours 36 hours
10C 1 hour 24 hours
30C 15 min. 6 hours
40C 10 min. 4 hours

page 3/4
SIGMATHERM 520
October 2009
development.
PDS 7555
153167 aluminium 9000002180
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 538
DESCRIPTION one component heat resistant moisture curing (ethyl) silicate finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS up to 520C when applied on top of heat resistant finish on top of suitable
zinc silicate primers
can withstand substrate temperatures up to +540C, under normal
atmospheric exposure conditions
minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, grey - flat
Volume solids 62 2%
RECOMMENDED suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and zinc salts
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir thoroughly till homogeneous

strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 538
December 2009
or eyes

dft in m 125
it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly into
the porous zinc silicate primer
immediately after spraying the finish should have a completely wet
appearance
excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise
cracking and flaking may occur
at substrate dry to handle full cure

temperatures
40C 2 hours 8 hours

page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 538
December 2009
development.
PDS 7592
aluminium 9000002180
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 540
2 pages April 2010

DESCRIPTION one component heat resistant moisture curing silicone aluminium
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS heat resistant up to 540C on steel, grit blasted to ISO-Sa2

heat resistant up to 400C on rusted steel, power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
no heat cure necessary between coats
excellent resistance against weathering
also suitable on top of zinc silicate primer
to heat
Volume solids 45 2%

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
contamination and zinc salts
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER for roller application the best results will be obtained by using fine foam type
rollers
page 1/2
SIGMATHERM 540
April 2010
or eyes

development.
PDS 7564
218773 aluminium 9000002200
218772 aluminium 9000001500
page 2/2
SIGMAWELD 10

DESCRIPTION fast drying one component water borne anticorrosive shop primer
good cutting and welding properties (electrodes)
provides corrosion protection up to 6 months, when applied at a dft of 30 m
(depending on exposure conditions and blasting profile)
can be used as a first coat in various paint systems for atmospheric
exposure conditions only
Volume solids 41 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 13.7 m/l
Touch dry after 12 min. at substrate temperature of 20C
3 min. at substrate temperature of 40C + ventilation
max. 6 months
condition
RECOMMENDED steel; shot blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS for automatic application a substrate temperature between 35 - 40C is
AND TEMPERATURES recommended
adequate ventilation is required
preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75% or the drying and
performance of the coating will be adversely affected
below
contamination to be removed
weldseams SPSS-Pt2
burned areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
damaged corroded areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
page 1/3
SIGMAWELD 10
October 2009
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE some addition of water might be necessary depending on routing, line speed
and steel temperature
stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY

properly


page 2/3
SIGMAWELD 10
October 2009
or eyes

development.
PDS 7179
168298 redbrown 2008002200
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 15

DESCRIPTION fast drying one component alkyd based anticorrosive prefabrication primer
good cutting and welding properties (electrodes)
Volume solids 40 2%
Theoretical spreading rate 13.3 m/l
3 min. at substrate temperature of 40C + ventilation
max. 6 months
condition

below
weldseams SPSS-Pt2
page 1/3
SIGMAWELD 15
October 2009

the temperature of the paint should be above 15C
some addition of thinner might be necessary depending on routing, line
speed and steel temperature
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.15 - 0.2 MPa (= approx. 1.5 - 2 bar; 21 - 28 p.s.i.)
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMAWELD 15
October 2009
development.
PDS 7112
171947 redbrown 0000002200
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 120

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured epoxy prefabrication primer
good cutting and welding properties, including MMA and gravity welding
Volume solids 21 2%
max. 6 months
condition

below
weldseams SPSS-Pt2
page 1/3
SIGMAWELD 120
October 2009

15C
some addition of thinner (Thinner 90-53) might be necessary depending on
routing, line speed and steel temperature
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.15 - 0.2 MPa (= approx. 1.5 - 2 bar; 21 - 28 p.s.i.)
or eyes

page 2/3
SIGMAWELD 120
October 2009
development.
PDS 7173
179591 redbrown 2008002200
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 165

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing, zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
can be used as a first coat in various paint systems
suitable for sea water immersion in combination with controlled cathodic
protection systems
excellent thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work
procedures
approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping for use as prefabrication primer
(see sheet 1880)
Health certificate from North of England Industrial Health Service (see sheet
1881)
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, reddish grey - flat
Volume solids 30 2%
max. 9 months
condition
paste: at least 12 months
page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 165
December 2009
RECOMMENDED on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 13 m, corresponds

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS to 15 m as measured on a smooth test panel
AND TEMPERATURES minimum thickness for a closed film is 13 m measured on a smooth test
panel
substrate temperature may be up to max. 50C
for automatic application a substrate temperature of 30C is recommended
Depending on exact substrate temperature and actual condition on side a
different thinner may be required
substrate temperature at least 3C above dew point
relative humidity during curing should be above 50% and below 85%
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION primers system sheet: 3015
below
sheets)

conditions
contamination to be removed or to be removed
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
weldseams ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Pt2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
burned ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
damaged corroded ISO-Sa2 (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP *) or SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP *)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2

Dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes
to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO
8502-3).
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 165
December 2009
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 55 : 45

the temperature of the mixture of binder and paste should preferably be
above 15C
stir the paste thoroughly before adding the binder
add gradually one third of the binder to the pigment paste
add remaining binder and continue stirring until the mixture is homogeneous
AIRLESS SPRAY
Note: Depending on exact application conditions a different thinner may be required to
ensure optimal application properties. Consult the PPG Protective & Marine Coatings
representative in your area when required.
AIR SPRAY
CLEANING SOLVENT recommended Thinner 90-53
or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 165
December 2009

development.
PDS 7171
179169 reddish grey 5010002180
244462 grey 0000002180
page 4/4
SIGMAWELD 190

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing, low zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
procedures
protection systems
(see sheet 1880)
1881)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (grey on request) - flat
Volume solids 25 2%
max. 6 months
condition
page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 190
October 2009

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 m, corresponds
AND TEMPERATURES to 22 m as measured on a smooth test panel
panel
below
sheets)

conditions
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
8502-3).
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 190
October 2009
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 66.7 : 33.3
above 15C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
or eyes

page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 190
October 2009
development.
PDS 7167
179171 redbrown 2008002180
179172 grey 5000002180
page 4/4
SIGMAWELD 199

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing, low zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
procedures
protection systems
(see sheet 1880)
1881)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (grey on request) - flat
Volume solids 25 2%
max. 6 months
condition
page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 199
October 2009

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 m, corresponds
AND TEMPERATURES to 22 m as measured on a smooth test panel
panel
below
sheets)

conditions
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
8502-3).
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 199
October 2009
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 66.7 : 33.3
above 15C
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
or eyes

page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 199
October 2009
development.
PDS 7177
179165 redbrown 2008002180
179167 grey 5000002180
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 19

DESCRIPTION one component zinc rich epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS good anticorrosive properties, the dry film contains 90% zinc by weight
designed for repair of two component zinc epoxy primers and zinc silicate
primers
can be used as a reconditioner for aged derusted galvanised steel
dries at temperatures down to -10C
dry heat resistance 125C with peaks up to 175C
the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
Volume solids 38 2%
Touch dry after 30 min. at 10C, 5 min. at 15C, 4 min. at 20C
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours at 20C *
max. several months

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS aged hot-dip galvanised steel with rusty spots; thoroughly derusted to ISO-
AND TEMPERATURES St3 or ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 m
zinc rich epoxies and zinc silicates; dry and free from any contamination
can be applied down to -10C provided the surface is free from moisture and
ice

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMAZINC 19
October 2009
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 19 for dft up to 35 m
substrate -10C 5C 10C 20C

temperature
with SigmaCover 522, SigmaCover minimum 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours
435, SigmaCover 456 interval
maximum several months when free from zinc salts and
conditions
in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 14 days can be tolerated,
but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be reduced to the
practical minimum
before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by high
pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to overcoat
SigmaZinc 19 as soon as possible with a suitable sealer coat
page 2/3
SIGMAZINC 19
October 2009

development.
PDS 7370
136782 grey 0000001800
page 3/3
SIGMAZINC 102

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS economical zinc epoxy primer for various paint systems
good corrosion prevention properties
can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
complies with SSPC-Paint 20
Volume solids 55 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 50 m depending on blasting profile; dfts of more then 50 m are not
recommended
Touch dry after 15 min. at 20C *
max. several months *
Curing time 7 days

AND TEMPERATURES point

Induction time none
Pot life 24 hours at 20C, 6 hours at 35C
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.8 - 2.2 mm
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 25 35 50
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009
Overcoating table for dft 25 - 50 m

temperature
interval
interior
maximum 14 days in clean conditions
interval
exterior
conditions
in industrial or marine conditions or if a long recoat interval is required, it is
recommended to apply a suitable sealer direct after the minimum recoating
interval
Curing table

temperature
SigmaZinc 102 can be applied at temperatures down to 5C, but the curing
rate will be very low
for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
SigmaZinc 19, SigmaZinc 158 and SigmaZinc 160 for systems exposed to
atmospheric conditions, SigmaGuard 750 for systems exposed to immersed
conditions
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009

development.
PDS 7402
179384 grey 0000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 102 HS

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
can also be used as a system primer for various other paint systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown - flat
Volume solids 66 2%

SPSS-Ss
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to
SPSS or powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
point
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
September 2009

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 60 75 100 150
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
September 2009
Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 102 HS for dft up to 100 m

temperature
interval
conditions
in industrial or marine conditions or if a long recoat interval is required, it is
recommended to apply a suitable sealer direct after the minimum recoating
interval
high pressure water cleaning, sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning

temperature
SigmaZinc 102 HS can be applied at temperatures between 5C and 10C,
but the curing rate will be very low
SigmaZinc 19 or SigmaFast 302
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
September 2009

development.
PDS 7702
202554 redbrown 2008001800
284208 grey 5000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 109

DESCRIPTION two component zinc rich polyamide cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS designed as a system primer for various paint systems

good corrosion prevention properties
can also serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems when a
short overcoating interval is required
topcoats must be unsaponifiable
certificate for welding: see sheet 1880
complies with SSPC-Paint 20 and ISO 12944.5
Volume solids 46 2%
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 40 m depending on blasting profile
Touch dry after 10 min. *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS SigmaZinc 109 must not be applied at a temperature below 5C
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature must be above 5C and at least 3C above dew point

Induction time none
Pot life 48 hours at 20C, 6 hours at 35C
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 109
September 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 25 40
Overcoating table for Sigmazinc 109 for dft up to 40 m

temperature
with SigmaCover 522, SigmaCover minimum 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
435, SigmaCover 456 interval
maximum interval on surface free from zinc salts; several months
conditions
in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 14 days can be tolerated,
but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be reduced to the
practical minimum
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 109
September 2009

sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
when a longer overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat SigmaZinc 109 as soon as possible with SigmaCover 522

10C 30 min. 20 days
15C 20 min. 10 days
20C 10 min. 7 days
30C 8 min. 5 days
SigmaZinc 109 can be applied at temperatures down to 5C, but the curing
rate will be very low
conditions

page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 109
September 2009
development.
PDS 7401
179500 grey 0000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
4 pages July 2011

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer

excellent anticorrosive properties
repair
very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
Volume solids 66 2%
Touch dry after 2.5 hours *

SPSS-Ss
point
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
July 2011

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 60 75 100 150
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
July 2011
Overcoating table for dft 100 m

temperature
interval
maximum 3 months when free from zinc salts and contamination
interval
conditions
in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 3 months can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum

temperature
conditions
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
July 2011

development.
284209 grey 5000001800

218766 reddish grey 5010001800
PDS 7701
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 158
6 pages May 2011

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS anticorrosive primer for structural steel

suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
when suitably topcoated provides excellent corrosion protection for steel
substrates up to +520C
must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than pH
5.5) liquids
certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, greenish grey - flat
Volume solids 65 2%
Recommended dry film thickness average dft 75 m with a minimum of 60 m on smooth non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or pitted, blast cleaned
steel
page 1/6
SIGMAZINC 158
May 2011

AND TEMPERATURES steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss,
welds, rusty and damaged areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
weathered galvanised steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present
substrate temperatures from -5C up to +50C during application are
acceptable

be followed.

homogenisation.
Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMAZINC 158
May 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm

UPGRADING DFT only valid for spray application

if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of SigmaZinc 158 has to be
applied, SigmaZinc 158 should be thinned down with 25 - 50% Thinner 90-53, in
order to obtain a visible wet coat that remains wet for some time
or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in

dft in m 75 100

page 3/6
SIGMAZINC 158
May 2011

temperature
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from
a relative humidity below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time

(pinholes) SigmaZinc 158 should be sealed with approved coatings
SigmaZinc 158 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
obtained
before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaZinc 158 should always be visibly
page 4/6
SIGMAZINC 158
May 2011

0C 2 hours 24 hours
10C 1 hour 18 hours
30C 30 min. 6 hours
40C 30 min. 4 hours
SigmaZinc 158 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only cures
after sufficient take up of water, (from the atmosphere) during and after
application;
it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are measured
during the curing time
0C 24 hours
10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours

page 5/6
SIGMAZINC 158
May 2011
development.
PDS 7558
179568 greenish grey 0000002185
page 6/6
SIGMAZINC 160

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (ethyl) silicate primer

two component product consisting of clear binder and zinc paste
when suitably topcoated provides excellent corrosion protection for steel
substrates up to +500C
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat
Volume solids 65 2%
Recommended dry film thickness when used as a system primer with dft 60 m on smooth, non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or pitted, blast
cleaned steel
RECOMMENDED for water immersion exposure:

page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 160
October 2009

acceptable
a relative humidity of > 50% is recommended
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: paste to binder 64.5 : 35.5
use a mechanical mixer
add the binder gradually to the paste
do not mix in reverse order
agitate continuously during application (low speed)
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm

page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 160
October 2009

or eyes

dft in m 60 75 100 125

temperature
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4

obtained
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 160
October 2009

0C 2 hours 24 hours
10C 1 hour 18 hours
30C 30 min. 6 hours
40C 30 min. 4 hours
cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere) during and after
application; it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are
measured during the curing time
0C 24 hours
10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours

page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 160
October 2009
development.
PDS 7560
179322 greenish grey 0000002180
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 170
6 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate coating

high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than pH
5.5) liquids
Volume solids 65 2%
Recommended dry film thickness average dft 75 m with a minimum of 60 m on smooth non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or pitted, blast
cleaned steel
page 1/6
SIGMAZINC 170
March 2011

acceptable
relative humidity should be above 50%

be followed.

homogenisation.
Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMAZINC 170
March 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm


or eyes

dft in m 75 100 125

page 3/6
SIGMAZINC 170
March 2011
Overcoating table (relative humidity during curing should be minimum

50%)

temperature
minimum 48 48 48 32 24 12
substrate -5C 0C 10C 20C 30C * 40C

temperature
minimum 24 24 24 16 12 6 hours
interval hours hours hours hours hours

cures after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
obtained
page 4/6
SIGMAZINC 170
March 2011

0C 2 hours 24 hours
10C 1 hour 18 hours
30C 30 min. 6 hours
40C 30 min. 4 hours
cures after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
0C 16 hours
10C 12 hours
20C 8 hours
30C 4 hours

page 5/6
SIGMAZINC 170
March 2011
development.
PDS 7570
page 6/6
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
DESCRIPTION three component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc epoxy primer

excellent anticorrosive properties
repair
very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
meets RSRC specification for structural joints using ADTM325/ A490 bolts,
Class B
Volume solids 70 2%
VOC (supplied) max. 288 g/l

SPSS-Ss
point
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
September 2011
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener to powder: 47:20:33
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in m 75 100
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
September 2011
Overcoating table for dft 100 m

temperature
minimum 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour 1 hour
interval
maximum 3 months when free from zinc salts and contamination
interval
conditions
in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 3 months can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum

temperature
conditions
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
September 2011

development.
PDS 7403
page 4/4
PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION
PROTECTION OF STEEL FROM CELLULOSIC FIRES

STEELGUARD 551
3 pages 15 July 2009
DESCRIPTION one component thin-film solvent borne intumescent coating for fire protection of
structural steelwork
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS provides up to 60 minutes protection from cellulosic fires

off-site or on-site application
up to 1500 m dft in a single coat
suitable for C1 to C4 internal and external environments (ISO 12944); for dry
internal (C1) environments no topcoat is required
weather resistant up to 12 months without topcoat provided the coating has
been applied in accordance with Information Sheet 1222 and is not subject
to running or pooling water, hot high humidity or immersion
tested to BS 476 and certified with various national requirements
COLOURS AND GLOSS white - matt
Volume solids 75 3%
max. 330 g/l (UK PG6/23(92) Appendix 3)
note: the required dry film thickness must be in accordance with the
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours with itself *
min. 48 hours with suitable topcoat *
max. unlimited *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point during
AND TEMPERATURES application and drying
should not be applied under 5C and above 50C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir thoroughly till homogeneous and free of lumps
page 1/3

STEELGUARD 551
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% Thinner 21-06 may be used
Volume of thinner 20 - 50, depending on shape of steel parts
note: a 30 mesh / 500 m internal filter is recommended
BRUSH for small areas only (touch up and repair)

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500
Overcoating table for Steelguard 551 for dft up to 700 m

temperature
interval
maximum unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited
interval
with Steelguard 2458 substrate 5C 10C 15C 20C 30C

temperature
minimum 4 hours 2 hours 90 min. 60 min. 45 min.
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD 551
15 July 2009
with other approved top coats substrate 5C 10C 15C 20C 30C
temperature
interval
interval
Drying table for dft up to 700 m
substrate temperature touch dry

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
drying times may vary considerable depending on ambient conditions, A/V m-1 (Hp/A) of
section and applied film thickness
guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the coating products made by PPG
development.
PDS 7761
287680 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3

STEELGUARD 552

tested to national and international standards such as ENV 13381-4 and
BS 476 and certified with various national requirements
Volume solids 75 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3

STEELGUARD 552
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle angle 20 - 50, depending on shape of steel parts

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD 552
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
development.
PDS 7762
299480 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3

STEELGUARD 553
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS provides 90 minutes protection from cellulosic fires

tested to BS 476 and certified with the national requirements
Volume solids 75 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3

STEELGUARD 553
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD 553
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
development.
PDS 7763
299481 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3

STEELGUARD 554

Volume solids 75 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3

STEELGUARD 554
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD 554
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
development.
PDS 7764
299482 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD 561

Revision of July 2009

fast drying, providing short handling times
tested to BS 476 and certified with various national requirements
Volume solids 75 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3
STEELGUARD 561
December 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
minimum 2 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour 30 min. 20 min.
interval
interval
page 2/3
STEELGUARD 561
December 2010
temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 min.
10C 45 min.
15C 30 min.
20C 20 min.
30C 10 min.
development.
PDS 7765
287680 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3

STEELGUARD 562

60 minutes SCI assesment of beams with circular web openings
Volume solids 75 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3

STEELGUARD 562
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD 562
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 min.
10C 45 min.
15C 30 min.
20C 20 min.
30C 10 min.
development.
PDS 7766
white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD 563
3 pages April 2010


Volume solids 75 3%
note: the required dry film thickness must be
in accordance with the
max. unlimited *

page 1/3
STEELGUARD 563
April 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3
STEELGUARD 563
April 2010
temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 min.
10C 45 min.
15C 30 min.
20C 20 min.
30C 10 min.
development.
PDS 7767
white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD 564
3 pages April 2010


Volume solids 75 3%
note: the required dry film thickness must be
in accordance with the
max. unlimited *

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
STEELGUARD 564
April 2010


or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3
STEELGUARD 564
April 2010
temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 min.
10C 45 min.
15C 30 min.
20C 20 min.
30C 10 min.
development.
PDS 7768
white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD 581

DESCRIPTION one component thin-film water borne intumescent coating for fire protection of

60 minutes SCI assesment of beams with circular web openings
on-site application
suitable for C1 and C2 internal environments (ISO 12944); for dry internal
(C1) environments no topcoat is required
Volume solids 70 3%
max. unlimited *

relative humidity during application and drying must be lower than 80%
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% tap water may be used
page 1/3
STEELGUARD 581
December 2010

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water
or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700

temperature
interval
interval
with approved top coats substrate 10C 15C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3
STEELGUARD 581
December 2010

10C 4 hours
15C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
development.
PDS 7769
291802 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3

STEELGUARD FM 549

Volume solids 68 3%
max. unlimited *

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3

STEELGUARD FM 549
15 July 2009

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500
Overcoating table for Steelguard FM 549 for dft up to 700 m

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD FM 549
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
development.
PDS 7731
287671 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD FM 550


tested to national and international standards such as BS 476,
ENV 13381-4, UL 263 and certified with various national requirements
Volume solids 68 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
December 2010
AIRLESS SPRAY
Notes:- all filters including surge bottle and gun filters to be removed
- a 30 mesh / 500 m internal filter is recommended

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
December 2010

temperature
interval
interval
temperature
interval
interval

5C 120 min.
10C 90 min.
15C 60 min.
20C 30 min.
30C 20 min.
page 3/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
December 2010
development.
PDS 7732
287673 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4

STEELGUARD FM 560

COLOURS AND GLOSS white, grey - matt
Volume solids 68 3%
max. unlimited *

page 1/3

STEELGUARD FM 560
15 July 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY

or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature
interval
interval

temperature
minimum 120 min. 90 min. 60 min. 30 min. 20 min.
interval
interval
page 2/3

STEELGUARD FM 560
15 July 2009
temperature
interval
interval

5C 60 min.
10C 45 min.
15C 30 min.
20C 20 min.
30C 10 min.
development.
PDS 7733
289363 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEELGUARD FM 585

DESCRIPTION one component thin-film water borne intumescent coating for fire protection of

on-site application
tested to national and international standards such as BS 476, NT Fire 021,
ENV 13381-4 and certified with various national requirements
Volume solids 70 3%
max. unlimited *

relative humidity during application and drying must be lower than 80%
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% tap water may be used
page 1/3
STEELGUARD FM 585
December 2010

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water
or eyes

dft in m 200 400 500 700

temperature
interval
interval
with approved top coats substrate 10C 15C 20C 30C

temperature
interval
interval
page 2/3
STEELGUARD FM 585
December 2010

10C 4 hours
15C 3 hours
20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
development.
PDS 7735
289315 white 3000AM2200
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION SYSTEM
Atmospheric corrosivity category C5I 2411
a two page issue September 2010
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical pollution
accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterized by an
average sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.
SPECIFICATION 1: Zinc rich epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new construction and
maintenance
suitable for steel
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 109HS 60 m/ 2.4 mils
SigmaFast 370 160 m/6.4 mils
SigmaDur 550 60 m/ 2.4 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or
by use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 109 HS see product data
SigmaFast 370 see product data
SigmaDur 550 see product data
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based
on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended
use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising
from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements
stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure that this sheet is
current prior to using the product.
page 2/2
Atmospheric corrosivity category C5M 2412
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and saltspray will
accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterized by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre.
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new construction and
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ polysiloxane system suitable for new construction and
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
PSX 700 125 m/ 5.0 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
PSX 700 see product data
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Atmospheric corrosivity category C4 2415
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Industrial and coastal areas with moderate salinity.
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaFast 370 130m/5.2 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Industrial and coastal areas with moderate salinity.
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaFast 370 130m/5.2 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the cost and separate from
industrial or urban activity. Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity,
rainfall and ultraviolet radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an
industrial or coastal environment.
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ high solid polyurethane system suitable for new
construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new construction and

maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaFast 370 150 m/ 6.0 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new construction and

maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Chemical plants, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ epoxy build coat system suitable for new construction
and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaFast 370 150 m/ 6.0 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Chemical plants, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy system suitable for new construction and maintenance

suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Production rooms, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy system suitable for new construction and maintenance

suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Production rooms, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy / epoxy build coat system suitable for new construction
and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ high solid polyurethane system suitable for new
construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical pollution
accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterized by an
average sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.
maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Internal dry exposure
Alkyd paint system 4010
revision of October 2004
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.

Relative humidity below 60%.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen, and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas, to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas;
galvanised steel and aluminium; free from any contamination and
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmarine 24 in a
dft of 35 m/1.4 mils
steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmarine 24 in a
paint system Sigmarine 40 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmarine 49 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for steel,
galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel to
min. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand
papering
Sigmarine 41
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-St3 - SPSS - Pt2
paint system SigmaFast 20 60 m/2.4 mils
page 1/2
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaFast 20 see product data sheet 7155
Sigmarine 24 see product data sheet 7135
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma Coatings,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our
knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills
and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting
from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system 4011

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and

spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and dispersion paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with SigmaCover 256
in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover 256
paint system SigmaDur 550 50 m/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 580
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new

construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
min. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand
papering
paint system SigmaCover 256 50 m/2.0 mils
SigmaDur 550 50 m/2.0 mils
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy polyurethane system for new construction especially suitable for in-
shop application
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-St3 or SPSS-Pt2
galvanised steel: free from any contamination and roughened by
sandpapering
REFERENCES
SigmaCover 256 see product data sheet 7412
SigmaDur 520 see product data sheet 7524
page 2/2
Acrylic dispersion system 4012
a two page issue June 2004

revision of 7-2003

Complies with ISO 12944, Part 2, corrosivity category C1.
SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion and
epoxy tar paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigma Aquacover 22 in
a dft of 50 m/2 mils
derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 and primed with Sigma Aquacover 20
paint system Sigma Aquacover 40 50 m/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel
to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium
by sand papering
Sigma Aquacover 40 50 m/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain
sufficient drying conditions
on galvanised steel or aluminium Sigma Aquacover 22 should be used
instead of Sigma Aquacover 20
page 1/2
July 2003
SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction

pretreatment derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
REFERENCES
Sigma Aquacover 22 see product data sheet 7145
page 2/2
SYSTEM
INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM 4016
a one page issue June 2004

revision of 12-2003

Complies with ISO 12944, part 2, corrosivity category C1.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
galvanised steel and aluminium; degreased and roughened by suitable
means (e.g. sand papering)
coating system Sigma Aquacover 400 75 m/3.0 mils
expected durability low
(ISO-12944 part 5)
maintenance should preferably be carried out according to this specification
REFERENCES
page 1/1
Internal wet exposure

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur.

Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas; free from any contamination and roughened by
sandpapering
damaged and rusty areas; after removal of loose paint, free from
any contamination, derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
Sigmarine 41
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of
steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
Sigmarine 41
page 1/2
September 2005

pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
REFERENCES
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur

RH up to 80%.

spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and dispersion paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with SigmaCover 280
in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover 256
in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
SigmaDur 520
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair, or new

construction
min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and
aluminium by sand papering
SigmaCover 456 50 m/2.0 mils
SigmaDur 520
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction especially suitable

for in-shop application
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
SigmaDur 520
REFERENCES
page 2/2
revision of 7-2003

RH up to 80%.
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion and
epoxy tar paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigma Aquacover 22
derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 and primed with Sigm Aquacover 20
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel
to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium
by sand papering
page 1/2
June 2004

REFERENCES
page 2/2
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system 4024
a two page issue October 2004

revision of 7-2003

RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system

for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
60 m/2.4 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
notes a galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
SigmaCover 280 instead of SigmaCover 630
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

REFERENCES
page 2/2
SYSTEM
INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE
a one page issue June 2004

Revision 12-2003

RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
galvanised steel and aluminium; degreased and roughened by suitable
means (e.g. sand papering)
coating system Sigma aquacover 400 100 m/4.0 mils
expected durability medium
(ISO-12944 part 5)
REFERENCES
Sigma aquacover 400 see product data sheet 7871
page 1/1
Rural atmospheric exposure

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmarine 49 can be replaced
by Sigmarine 41

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
page 1/2
September 2005
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2


breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2


spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and polyurethane paint
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover
630 in a dft of75 m/3.0 mils
galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with SigmaCover 280 in a
SigmaDur 520
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new

construction
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering
paint system SigmaCover 630 (aluminium) 75 m/3.0 mils
Notes if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520
a galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
Notes if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
steel; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 and primed with Sigma
Aquacover 20 in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened and primed
Sigma Aquacover 22 in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system,
derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of galvanised steel
and aluminium by sand papering
note for galvanised steel and aluminium Sigma Aquacover 20 should be
replaced by Sigma Aquacover 22
page 1/2
June 2004


Because of the waterborn character of this type of paint, good weather conditions are essential to
obtain maximum performance
breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

intact areas and spot repair
SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
60 m/2.4 mils
new construction
2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
125 m/5 mils dft when applied by airless spray
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction


breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
SYSTEM
RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

revision of 12-2003
environment.
Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m air.
Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel

Sigma aquacover 400 75 m/3.0 mils
expected durability medium
(ISO-12944 part 5)

breakdown begins.
page 1/2
SYSTEM
RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
June 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spotrepair

damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
and primed with 2 coats Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 2 x 40 m
(1.6 mils)
Sigmarine 41
finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
Sigmarine 41
finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd system for new construction, especially suitable for
in-shop application
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO St3
shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2

breakdown begins.
by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
a three page issue September 2005

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
SigmaCover 630 (aluminium) in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
75 m/3 mils
note SigmaDur 520 can be replaced by SigmaDur 550
page 1/3
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or new construction

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering
SigmaCover 280 instead of SigmaCover 630 (aluminium)
SigmaDur 520 can be replaced by SigmaDur 550
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction, especially

suitable for in-shop application
pretreatment Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
notes SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520

breakdown begins.
page 2/3
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 3/3
a three page issue October 2004

revision of 7-2003
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
75 m/3 mils
page 1/3
October 2004
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
notes galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray
SPECIFICATION 3: High solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
to SPSS-Pt2

breakdown begins.
by
page 2/3
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 3/3
Solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system 4045
a three page issue September 2005

revision of December 2003

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

125 m/5 mils
note SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550
page 1/3
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
notes SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550
SPECIFICATION 3: Solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

to SPSS-Pt2
notes SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550

breakdown begins.
by
page 2/3
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 3/3
SYSTEM
INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM 4046
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultra violet radiation and chemical
regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 g per m air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultra violet radiation and salt spray
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne high solids epoxy/polyurethane system with a fair resistance

to splash and spillage of chemicals
pretreatment steel, weldseams and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2
shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Ss or SPSS-Pt2
Sigma aquacover 400 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur 580 75 m/3.0 mils
expected durability high
(ISO-12944 part 5)

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the protective system will be extended.
For hand laid welds: a bead with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with a sharp crest having a
radius under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
page 1/2
SYSTEM
INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM 4046
June 2004
REFERENCES
Sigmadur 580 see product data sheet 7530
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
Solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system 4047
a three page issue March 2004
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane maintenance

system for intact areas and spot repair
125 m/5 mils
page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
March 2004
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system for total
repair or new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
SPECIFICATION 3: Solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system for new construction

to SPSS-Pt2

breakdown begins.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
March 2004
REFERENCES
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of
our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial
skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
page 3/3
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system 4050

revision of July 2003
regarding increased acidic fall-out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air. Additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected.

will accelarate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be completely removed.
For maximum performance the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free, flint reinforced epoxy system with an excellent resistance to
impact and abrasion suitable for total repair and new construction
suitable for steel (galvanised steel)
(Rz) 75-100 m/3-4 mils
paint system SigmaShield 1090 3000 m/120 mils
notes SigmaShield 1090 can be applied on galvanised steel, but
this will occur only occasionally
galvanised steel has to be sweepblasted with inert grit to obtain the
required blasting profile
page 1/2
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system 4050
September 2005

breakdown begins.
by SigmaShield 1090.
REFERENCES
SigmaShield 1090 see product data sheet 7490
page 2/2
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system 4051

regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 g per m air.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be removed completely.
For maximum performance the surface should be blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system with an improved

resistance to abrasion and impact suitable for total repair or new
construction
suitable for steel (galvanised steel and aluminium)
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaCover 280 75 m/ 3.0 mils
SigmaShield 460 400 m/16.0 mils
note in case of a complex structure we recommend to apply a dft of
2 x 200 m (8 mils)
galvanised steel has to be sweepblasted with inert grit to obtain the
required blasting profile
page 1/2
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system 4051
September 2005

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
Temperature up to 175C / 350F 4060

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to
blast clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd system for temperatures up to 175C/350F suitable for total repair
or new construction
not on top of silicone and silicate paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanised steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting by blast cleaning
to ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3
SigmaTherm 175 25 m/1.0 mils

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaTherm 175 see product data sheet 7260
page 2/2
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater
importance than the general atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be
considered.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: zinc silicate/silicone-acrylic system for temperatures up to

350C / 662 F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by blast
cleaning to ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using discs with rough
abrasive
paint system SigmaZinc 158 75 m/3.0 mils

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 158 see product data sheet 7558
page 2/2
High temperature resistant epoxy system

revision of 7-2003
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy system resistant to industrial pollution and temperatures up to

200C/390F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and silicate paint
not on top of silicone paint
suitable for steel, galvanised steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel or
roughening of galvanised steel by blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 or disc
sanding to SPSS-Pt3
to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some
hours of the metal spraying
contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water
cleaned to remove contamination the surface must be dry before
painting
note light shades may discolour above 130C

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant epoxy system
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High temperature resistant silicate system

GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: full silicate system for temperatures up to 400C/750F suitable for total
repair or new construction
compatible with suitable silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using
discs with rough abrasive
paint system SigmaZinc 158 75 m/3.0 mils

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant silicate system
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 158 see product data sheet 7558
page 2/2
Immersion in water or subsoil conditions
Epoxy tar system 4070

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70C/160F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
primed with SigmaCover 280 in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
paint system SigmaCover 300 brown 125 m/5.0 mils
SigmaCover 300 black 125 m/5.0 mils
notes for health reasons this system should not be used for the storage of
potable water for consumption
when cathodic protection or high temperatures are applied the
pretreatment must be improved to ISO-Sa2 or SSPS-Pt3 locally
SPECIFICATION 2: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
note if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 m/3 mils may be used
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy tar system for new construction

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
steel with approved zinc silicate shopprimer; power tool cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3 or sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
weldseams, burned and rusty areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or
power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
note if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 m/3 mils may be used

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
page 2/2
Solvent free epoxy system 4071
a two page issue April 2009

revision of September 2005
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair,
resistant to cathodic protection
compatible with epoxy-, polyurethane-, epoxy tar paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, bitumen paint
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be used in a dft
of 75 m/3 mils
paint system SigmaGuard CSF 650 300 m/12.0 mils
notes if cathodic protection is applied SigmaCover 280 should be used
for the storage of potable water SigmaGuard CSF 585 should be used
instead of SigmaGuard CSF 650 (see information sheet 1882)
for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant
to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 50C/120F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2 or
SPSS-Pt3 (locally)
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 may be used in a dft
of 75 m/3 mils
paint system SigmaGuard CSF 650 300 m/12.0 mils
notes if cathodic protection is applied SigmaCover 280 should be used
for the storage of potable water SigmaGuard CSF 585 should be
used instead of SigmaGuard CSF 650 (see information sheet 1882)
for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
page 1/2
April 2009
SPECIFICATION 3: solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for new construction, resistant to cathodic protection or
temperatures up to 60C/ 140 F
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Novaguard 840 500 m/20.0 mils
note if abrasion resistance is required Novaguard 840 can be replaced by
SigmaShield 1200

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
REFERENCES
Novaguard 840 see product data sheet 7768
SigmaGuard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
SigmaGuard CSF 585 see product data sheet 7785
Certificates for potable water see information sheet 1882
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
High solids tar free epoxy system 4072

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water (in conjunction with or) without cathodic protection.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids tar free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot
repair, resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 60C/140F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paintand contamination
primed with SigmaCover 630 (aluminium) in a dft of 125 m/5 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids tar free epoxy system for total repair, resistant to cathodic
protection or temperatures up to 60C/140F
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 m/3 mils can be used
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids tar free epoxy system for new construction, resistant to
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 m/3 mils can be used
page 1/2
October 2004

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Immersion in hot water
Phenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system 4076
a three page issue April 2009

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Non-saline water: hot water applicable to e.g. water tanks, storage
tanks and domestic water systems.
Sea water: hot sea and other saline waters.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Protection against hot water by a coating system is in fact very critical. Only the combination of very good
pretreatment, correct film thicknesses, good curing and optimal ventilation after application of the coating
will give the desired protection against the influence of hot water. Good surface preparation is essential if
good performance of hot water resistant systems is to be achieved.
A pitted corroded surface, impurities in the protective coating or bad workmanship will result in failures.
In service the steel substrate should have about the same temperature as the hot water itself in order to
avoid blistering (as a result of the cold wall effect). Equipment, tank or vessel must therefore be sheltered
against cold wind and/or insulated adequately to reduce heat transfer through the steel wall plus coating
system.
Application of the paints must be done very carefully, avoiding excess thickness, avoiding solvent trapping
and maintaining good ventilation and curing conditions throughout the application process. (See sheet
1434). Forced curing by means of hot water of 60C or by means of hot air will give definitely better results
and is strongly recommended.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to
hot water (100C/210F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Phenguard 930 100 m/4.0 mils
Phenguard 935 100 m/4.0 mils
notes to ensure optimal performance it is essential to check, prior to
application, the cleaned surface on soluable salts
the maximum acceptable level is 60 mg/m2 (12 s/cm)
spot repair can be made using same system
existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft
page 1/3
April 2009
SPECIFICATION 2: mio epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to hot
water (100C/210F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel by means of blast cleaning to min.
ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 40-75 m/1.6-3.0 mils
notes to ensure optimal performance it is essential to check, prior to
application, the cleaned surface on soluable salts
the maximum acceptable level is 60 mg/m2 (12 s/cm)
spot repairs can be made using same system
existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

breakdown begins.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
page 2/3
April 2009
REFERENCES
Phenguard 930 see product data sheet 7409
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/3
Immersion in chemicals
Phenolic epoxy system 4081

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies

Application areas: transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment
continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of solvents, fatty
acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water
and foodstuffs. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list; for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to at least ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Phenguard 930 100 m/4.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft

breakdown begins.
page 1/2
Phenolic epoxy system 4081
April 2009
REFERENCES
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies.

Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spotrepair.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
resistant to immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet
4009
pretreatment if an old paint system is present, high pressure water cleaning and
complete removal
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied
in a dft of 75 m/3mils
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz)
50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 650 400 m/16.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied
in a dft of 75m/3mils
page 1/2
April 2009

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Zinc ethyl silicate system 4083

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, specifically solvents.

Application areas: for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance
to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited due to the zinc pigment. A full
resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged
SPECIFICATION 1: zinc ethyl silicate system for a total repair or new construction; resistant
to immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list, for indications see also sheet 4009
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 m/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaGuard 750 75 m/3.0 mils

breakdown begins.
page 1/2
Zinc ethyl silicate system 4083
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaGuard 750 see product data sheet 7551
page 2/2
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
High solids epoxy system 4090
a two page issue January 2008

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of refined petroleum products and crude oil.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously exposed to
aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and
chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70C/160F
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
SigmaGuard 720 125 m/5.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required, a suitable primer (e.g. SigmaCover 522)
should be applied in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
to ISO-Sa2
SigmaGuard 730 150 m/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required, a suitable primer (e.g. SigmaCover 522)
should be applied in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
page 1/2
High solids epoxy system 4090
January 2008

breakdown begins.
by
REFERENCES
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by
SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise,
are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having
the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for
its intended use.
SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written
agreements stating otherwise).
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
intermittently exposed to crude oil and (waste) water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for crude
oil, resistant to temperatures up to 70C/160F
to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be applied in a dft of
75 m/3 mils
note in contact with refined petroleum products leaching of coal tar can be
expected

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited
range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
suitable for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
pretreatment if an old paint system is present complete removal of the system is
required after high pressure water cleaning
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
notes quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Novaguard 840 could be applied
more detailed information with regards to protection of tank bottoms
can be found in separate manual
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system SigmaCover 522 50 m/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard CSF 650 400 m/16.0 mils
notes quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigmaguard CSF 650 could be applied
page 1/2
April 2009
breakdown begins.
by a scrapelayer of the solvent free epoxy of the coating system (Novaguard 840 or Sigmaguard CSF 650).
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Immersion in waste water and slurry

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste
water and mud
to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be applied in a dft of
50 m/2 mils
note to prevent severe pitting when exposed to acidic water the quality of the
coating system should be checked on pinholes and holidays and repaired
according to this specification

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
GENERAL ASPECTS:
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy tar free system for a total repair or new construction,
suitable for waste water and mud
to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 75 m/3.0 mils can
be used

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system 4103

GENERAL ASPECTS:
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
SPECIFICATION 1: Solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste water
and mud
to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system SigmaShield 1200 500 m/20.0 mils

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system 4103
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 2/2
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel 4113

GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its good anticorrosive properties, zinc epoxy primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc epoxy primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc epoxy primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat
40-70 m/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 102 HS 60 m/2.4 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a
recoatable polyurethane finish
40-70 m/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 102 HS 60 m/2.4 mils
page 1/2
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel 4113
September 2005

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 102 HS see product data sheet 7702
page 2/2
INFORMATION
CONVERSION TABLES 1410
a four page issue June 2002

revision of 10-1999
GENERAL PRESSURE
1 atmosphere = 14.223 lb/sq.in. (kg/cm) (p.s.i.) (kg/cm) (p.s.i.)
1 foot = 0.305 metre atmosphere lb/sq.in. atmosphere lb/sq.in.
1 Imp. gallon = 4.546 litres (bar) (bar)
1 litre = 0.220 Imp. gallon 100 1420
1 litre = 0.264 US gallon 1 14.2 110 1560
1 metre = 3.281 feet 2 28.4 120 1710
1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre 3 42.7 130 1850
1 sq. metre = 10.765 sq. feet 4 56.9 140 1990
1 US gallon = 3.785 litres 5 71.1 150 2130
1 yard = 0.915 metre 6 85.3 160 2280
1 metre = 1.0936 yard 7 99.6 170 2420
degree C = 5/9 x (degree F - 32) 8 113.8 180 2560
degree F = 9/5 x degree C + 32 9 128.0 190 2700
10 142.2 200 2840
VOLUME DRY FILM THICKNESS

1 Imperial gallon = 4.55 litre mi- mi- mi- mi-
= 1.2 US gallons crons crons crons crons
1 litre = 0.22 Imperial gallon (m) mils (m) mils (m) mils (m) mils
= 0.26 US gallon
8 0.3 105 4.2 205 8.2 305 12.2
1 US gallon = 3.79 litre
10 0.4 110 4.4 210 8.4 310 12.4
= 0.83 Imperial gallon
15 0.6 115 4.6 215 8.6 315 12.6
20 0.8 120 4.8 220 8.8 320 12.8
litres Imperial US gallons
25 1.0 125 5.0 225 9.0 325 13.0
gallons
30 1.2 130 5.2 230 9.2 330 13.2
1 0.22 0.26 35 1.4 135 5.4 235 9.4 335 13.4
2 0.44 0.53 40 1.6 140 5.6 240 9.6 340 13.6
3 0.66 0.79 45 1.8 145 5.8 245 9.8 345 13.8
4 0.88 1.06 50 2.0 150 6.0 250 10.0 350 14.0
5 1.10 1.32 55 2.2 155 6.2 255 10.2 355 14.2
6 1.32 1.58 60 2.4 160 6.4 260 10.4 360 14.4
7 1.54 1.85 65 2.6 165 6.6 265 10.6 365 14.6
8 1.76 2.11 70 2.8 170 6.8 270 10.8 370 14.8
9 1.98 2.38 75 3.0 175 7.0 275 11.0 375 15.0
10 2.20 2.64 80 3.2 180 7.2 280 11.2 380 15.2
15 3.30 3.96 85 3.4 185 7.4 285 11.4 385 15.4
20 4.40 5.28 90 3.6 190 7.6 290 11.6 390 15.6
50 11.00 13.21 95 3.8 195 7.8 295 11.8 395 15.8
100 22.00 26.42 100 4.0 200 8.0 300 12.0 400 16.0
page 1/4
INFORMATION
June 2002
SPREADING RATE
Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./
Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal
1.0 49 41 5.0 244 203 9.0 440 366
1.1 54 45 5.1 249 208 9.1 445 370
1.2 59 49 5.2 254 212 9.2 450 374
1.3 64 53 5.3 259 216 9.3 455 378
1.4 68 57 5.4 264 220 9.4 460 383
1.5 73 61 5.5 269 224 9.5 464 387
1.6 78 65 5.6 274 228 9.6 469 391
1.7 83 69 5.7 279 232 9.7 474 395
1.8 88 73 5.8 284 236 9.8 479 399
1.9 93 77 5.9 288 240 9.9 484 403
2.0 98 81 6.0 293 244 10.0 490 405
2.1 103 85 6.1 298 248 10.5 515 425
2.2 108 89 6.2 303 252 11.0 540 450
2.3 112 94 6.3 308 256 11.5 560 470
2.4 117 98 6.4 313 260 12.0 585 490
2.5 122 102 6.5 318 265 12.5 610 510
2.6 127 106 6.6 323 269 13.0 635 530
2.7 132 110 6.7 328 273 13.5 660 550
2.8 137 114 6.8 332 277 14.0 685 570
2.9 142 118 6.9 337 281 14.5 710 590
3.0 147 122 7.0 342 285 15.0 735 610
3.1 152 126 7.1 347 289 15.5 760 630
3.2 156 130 7.2 352 293 16.0 780 650
3.3 161 134 7.3 357 297 16.5 805 670
3.4 166 138 7.4 362 301 17.0 830 690
3.5 171 142 7.5 367 305 17.5 855 710
3.6 176 146 7.6 372 309 18.0 880 735
3.7 181 151 7.7 376 313 18.5 905 755
3.8 186 155 7.8 381 317 19.0 930 775
3.9 191 159 7.9 386 321 19.5 955 795
4.0 196 163 8.0 391 325 20.0 980 815
4.1 200 167 8.1 396 330 20.5 1000 835
4.2 205 171 8.2 401 334 21.0 1025 855
4.3 210 175 8.3 406 338 21.5 1050 875
4.4 215 179 8.4 411 342 22.0 1075 895
4.5 220 183 8.5 416 346 22.5 1100 915
4.6 225 187 8.6 420 350 23.0 1125 935
4.7 230 191 8.7 425 354 23.5 1150 955
4.8 235 195 8.8 430 358 24.0 1175 975
4.9 240 199 8.9 435 362 24.5 1200 995
page 2/4
INFORMATION
June 2002
VISCOSITY IN SECONDS
DIN Ford Afnor B.S. DIN Ford Afnor B.S.
cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4 cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4
15 15 17 19 44 53 56 60
16 17 18 20 46 55 59 63
17 18 20 22 48 58 62 66
18 19 21 23 50 60 64 69
19 21 23 25 55 67 71 75
20 22 24 26 60 73 78 82
21 23 25 28 65 79 84 89
22 25 27 29 70 86 91 96
23 26 28 31 75 92 97 105
24 28 30 32 80 98 104 109
25 29 31 33 85 104 110 116
26 30 32 34 90 111 117 123
27 31 34 36 95 117 124 130
28 33 35 37 100 123 130 138
29 34 36 38 110 136 144 152
30 35 38 40 120 148 157 166
32 38 40 43 130 160 171 180
34 40 43 46 140 173 184 194
36 43 46 49 150 185 197 207
38 45 48 52 160 198 210 221
40 48 51 54 170 210 224 235
42 51 54 57 180 223 237 249
page 3/4
INFORMATION
June 2002
TEMPERATURE C = ( F - 32 ) x 5/9
C F C F C F C F
10 14.0 8 46.4 32 90 95 203
9 15.8 9 48.2 34 93 100 212
8 17.6 10 50.0 36 97 110 230
7 19.4 11 51.8 38 100 120 248
6 21.2 12 53.6 40 104 130 266
5 23.0 13 55.4 42 108 140 284
4 24.8 14 57.2 44 111 150 302
3 26.6 15 59.0 46 115 160 320
2 28.4 16 60.8 48 118 170 338
1 30.2 17 62.6 50 122 180 356
0 32.0 18 64.4 55 131 190 374
1 33.8 19 66.2 60 140 200 392
2 35.6 20 68.0 65 149 250 482
3 37.4 22 72.0 70 158 300 572
4 39.2 24 75.0 75 167 350 662
5 41.0 26 79.0 80 176 400 752
6 42.8 28 82.0 85 185 450 842
7 44.6 30 86.0 90 194 500 932
use.
stating otherwise).
page 4/4
INFORMATION
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS 1411
an nine page issue October 2010

revision of April 2010
GENERAL
For ease of reference figures are usually stated in one unit only. Equivalents are given in the conversion
tables. See sheets 1410 Conversion tables, 1412 Nomograph conversion from english units to metric units
and 1413 S.I. units.
All values are given for temperature of 20C (68F) and relative humidity of 70%, unless stated otherwise.
GLOSS
With a Lange gloss gauge 5 ranges of gloss have been determined, compared with a standard sheet of
black polished glass. The gloss values are determined on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60) according to ISO
2813 (= ASTM D-523). The expressions used in the data sheets are:
Flat corresponds with 0- 15%
Eggshell corresponds with 15- 30%
Semi-gloss corresponds with 30- 60%
Gloss corresponds with 60- 80%
High-gloss corresponds with 80-100% (at 20 angle above 70%)
In practice, the level of gloss and surface finish will be dependent upon a number of factors, including
application and the condition of the surface to be overcoated.
COLOUR
For products supplied in different colours three colour quality levels exist:
1. Good For finishes in general, especially based on polyurethane, this quality matches the colour
standard
2. Approximate For undercoats and low gloss topcoats in general, this quality level is close to the colour
standard
3. Best Match For primers in general, this quality level is near to the colour standard
MICACEOUS IRON OXIDE AND/OR ALUMINIUM CONTAINING PAINTS
Micaceous iron oxide and/or aluminium containing paints show different appearance and colour impression
depending on thickness and application method. A touch-up by brushing may be visible on a sprayed area.
SHELF LIFE
The period from the date of manufacture during which the paint can be transported and stored in
undamaged and unopened packing at temperatures between 5-35C, without any influence on the
application or performance of the paint.
After exceeding this period the paint is subject to reinspection.
Water-borne products must be protected from freezing at all times during storage and/or transport.
page 1/9
INFORMATION

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS & TEMPERATURES
In order to achieve optimal application results, the technical requirements as stated in the relevant product data sheets
should be followed.
It is recommended that during the application and initial curing, the substrate temperature does not exceed 40 C,
unless otherwise stated in the relevant PDS.
However, maintaining the required conditions in practice might prove difficult, and the substrate temperature may
occasionally exceed the recommended limits. In such cases special care must be taken to ensure proper substrate
wetting and film formation, avoid excessive over spray, dry spray, sagging and other application related coating
defects. Precautions such as additional thinning of the coating, providing suitable sun/heat protection and/or forced
ventilation might be adequate. However, maintaining the recommended application conditions will facilitate optimal
application results.
For further details regarding substrate conditions and temperatures refer to:
Information Sheet 1490 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust
Information Sheet 1650 Relative Humidity / Substrate Temperature / Air Temperature
page 2/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
FULL CURE
Full cure means, that the properties of a paint as described in the product data sheet are achieved (suitable
for service). However, in case of dry bulk carriage an extra curing time may be required before the coating
has reached its full mechanical strength and is suitable for carriage of hard angular cargoes
FLASH POINT
For paints the flash point is determined according to ISO 1523 (= ASTM D-3278, corresponding to Sigma
method SM 311-41) or calculated.
For thinners the flash point is determined according to DIN 51755 (corresponding to Sigma method
SM 311-42) or calculated.
Please always refer to the latest Material Safety Data Sheet for the paint and thinners.
OVERCOATING TABLE
The data given is a fair indication for normal conditions, longer drying times are necessary at lower
temperatures and under unfavourable weather and/or ventilation conditions and higher dry film thicknesses.
For epoxy coatings the minimum curing time for the recommended dft is given in the data sheets.
For average dfts 50% higher, the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 1,5 and for average
dfts 100% higher the multiplication factor is 2,5.
Recoating data are based on atmospheric exposure, for other exposure conditions contact your nearest
sales office.
TOUCH DRY
The touch dry time corresponds with the tack free time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01). The touch dry time will be influenced by dft, ventilation
conditions and substrate temperature.
DRY TO HANDLE
The dry to handle time corresponds with the dry-through time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01) and indicates the time when walking over is possible.
The dry-to-handle time will be influenced by dft, ventilation conditions and substrate temperature and
should not be necessarily interpreted as ready for transportation due to the likelihood of excessive damage.
DRY FILM THICKNESS (dft) / WET FILM THICKNESS (wft)
The dry film thickness can be calculated from the applied wet film thickness:
dft = wft x % volume solids dft x 100

wft =
100 % volume solids
Recommended dft
The dry film thickness for a paint system indicated in our system sheets is the recommended dft for the
specific exposure conditions and based on airless spray application.
Dft specifications referred to herein are valid for the coatings and coating systems in this manual unless
mentioned otherwise in the respective product and system sheets.
page 3/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
Minimum dft for application
The minimum dft of a paint system (also a one coat system) should follow the 90/10 rule (e.g. 90% of the
recommended dft is acceptable for up to 10% of the readings only), whilst for individual coats the
minimum dft should not be lower than 80% of the recommended dft, and must form a closed film.
Maximum dft for application - General
Application of a paint at thicknesses in excess of the dft recommended on the product data sheet may result
in performance problems. Such problems include solvent retention and a reduction in cohesive strength in
association with certain types of topcoat.
In a coating system, the dft of a primer is of the utmost importance. In general, Sigma Coatings would
restrict the dft of any primer to 1.5 times that specified on the product data sheet.
For a coating system, including the individual coats (except the primer), the maximum dft is 2 times the
recommended dft, whereas for the critical areas of a painted structure, 10% of the readings can be between
2 and 2.2 times the recommended dft. Critical areas are e.g. weld seams, edges, bolts, corners, nuts and
areas of difficult access.
For coating specifications requiring coating thicknesses which exceed the recommended dfts as mentioned
in the product and system sheets, the maximum dft allowed should be established per project prior to start-
up.
Over-application and its consequences is a complex subject and is dependent on the generic type of
system, recommended dft and number of coats, as well as the intended exposure.
Please refer to your local Sigma Coatings office if you should have any questions on this important issue.
The life time of any protective coating system is also determined by the dry film thickness applied to critical
areas. The dft of all of these critical areas should be closely monitored and controlled by the application of
stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the system (or as recommended otherwise by
Sigma Coatings). Please note that if a solvented coating has been applied over the specified dft then the
minimum overcoating time must be increased to ensure that sufficient time is given for solvent evaporation.
Care must also be taken to avoid over-application on critical areas during the progress of the job. Over-
application does not lead to enhanced performance life time of the coating system.
Maximum dft for application - Linings
For linings for severe exposure conditions or reinforced solvent free systems, the dft of the primer and the
subsequent coatings can be more critical. Dft limitations are detailed in the respective system / product data
sheets.
page 4/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
VOC
Until further notice, the heavy duty Marine and PC coatings industries in Europe must comply with the VOC
Directive 1999/13/EC (SED).
VOC values (in g/kg) to assist with the annual calculation of the solvent limits related to the SED
requirements, are mentioned on each Product Datasheet as well as on the label of all products.
For decorative, functional and protective coatings used in buildings, the VOC Directive 2004/42/EC applies.
This is based on compliant coatings.
Label Example:
1999/13/EC : 320 g/kg
2004/42/IIa (i) 600 (2007) 360
Explanation Label Example:

1999/13/EC : 320 g/kg Max VOC according to Directive 1999/13/EC for material in the can.
2004/42/IIa (i) Reference to the sub-category according to Directive 2004/42/IIa
600 (2007) Threshold limit for sub-category according to Directive 2004/42/IIa from
1.1.2007 till 1.1.2010
360 The max content of VOC in g/l of the product in a ready to use condition
(including maximum amount of thinner according to Product Datasheet).
SOLIDS CONTENT BY VOLUME
This value is given in the product data sheet. It can be determined by a laboratory test, Sigma Method 314-
10 corresponding to ISO method 3233 or calculated from the formulation.
The calculated theoretical solids content by volume is in general lower than the determined solids content
by volume. The latter approximates best to practice, assuming that the table for spreading rate losses is
used correctly. Diluents with a high boiling point and low vapour pressure are widely used in solvent free
coatings, they will remain in the cured film under normal ambient conditions and will therefore have
negligible effect on the volume solids of these specific products. Furthermore, due to the relative high
boiling point and rather low vapor pressure of these diluents, the ventilation requirements when using
solvent free coatings in confined spaces to maintain the internal atmosphere at 10% of the Lower Explosion
Limit, will be unchanged.
TOLERANCES
Values given for specific gravity, theoretical spreading rate and solids content are averages from standard
production batches; these values can vary slightly, also for colours of one product.
page 5/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
VENTILATION
Adequate ventilation during application and curing of the coating is not only required for health and safety
reasons but also to ensure that the coating gives optimal performance.
Stagnant air/high vapour concentrations in confined spaces must be avoided. Forced ventilation will help to
avoid high vapour concentrations and possible solvent entrapment in the coating which may produce a
temporary plasticising effect. Ventilation with cold, humid air in the drying stage should be avoided.
Also avoid ventilation with heated air during the wet film forming stage as this approach may give skinning
and increased solvent entrapment.
For more information, see the following data sheets:
1430 Safety indications
1431 Safety in confined spaces and health safety, explosion hazard - toxic hazard
1434 Directives for ventilation practice
THEORETICAL SPREADING RATE
The theoretical spreading rate m/l for a given dry film thickness can be calculated from:
m/l = % volume solids x 10

dry film thickness (in m)
PRACTICAL SPREADING RATE
The practical spreading rate depends on a number of factors:
surface condition and profile, application method, normal, high build or solvent-free paint, skill of labour and
weather conditions. It is often estimated at about 70 % of the theoretical spreading rate but under many
conditions this is still far too high. For calculation purposes the following table has been composed in which
spreading rate LOSSES are compiled.
Substrates like wood and concrete are not included because they present too many other variable factors,
especially in the preparation, the filling of pores, etc.
RECOMMENDED THINNERS
This product must only be thinned using the recommended Sigma thinners. The use of alternative thinners,
particularly these containing alcohols, can severely inhibit the curing mechanism of certain coating types
and will influence the performance. In case of the use of other thinners than advised, Sigma Coatings will
not accept any responsibility.
page 6/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
ESTIMATED LOSSES IN PERCENTAGES
ALL FIGURES 10 DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES (AS GUIDE ONLY)
BARE STEEL/FIRST COAT 4) COATED STEEL/NEXT COAT

NEW OLD NEW OLD
Type of surface and blast-cleaned derusted including due for
application method A-B-C C St 3 / D shop primer maintenance
ISO-Sa2 ISO-Sa2
inside outside inside outside inside outside inside outside
LARGE 1) airless spray 30 40 40 50 25 35 35 45
air-spray 40 50 50 60 35 45 45 55
roller 35 35 40 40 30 30 40 40
SMALL 2) airless spray 45 55 55 65 40 50 50 60
air-spray 50 60 65 65 45 55 60 60
roller-brush 25 25 25 30 20 20 30 30
FRAME- airless spray 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
WORK 3) brush 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30
1) LARGE SURFACES : hull, decks, deckhouses, tanks, holds

2) SMALL SURFACES : masts, water ways, machinery, structural steel and complex structures
3) FRAMEWORK : ladders, piping and railings
4) PRIMERS : consumption of first coat is always higher than for subsequent coats because of the steel profile
Estimation of volume of paint necessary for a paint job can be calculated from:
10 x A x DFT = Q
VS x (100-W) EXAMPLE
Q = quantity in litre Q = to be calculated
A = area in m A = 1000 m
DFT = dry film thickness DFT = 100 m
VS = % volume solids (see data sheet) VS = 50%
W = estimated losses (see table) W = 40%
Q = 10 x 1000 x 100 = 333 ltr.

50 x (100-40)
page 7/9
INFORMATION
october 2010
NOZZLE ORIFICE AND SPRAY ANGLE
In the product data sheets only the recommended orifice is stated. The choice of the spray angle depends
very much on the practical situation. The table below compares orifice and angle with the corresponding
codes of various manufacturers. Please consult other manufacturers for their corresponding codes.
ORIFICE WIWA - Spray Tips 1) GRACO - Spray Tips 2)
Inches mm's Angle Contractor Finish
0,007 0.18 40 018/40 -- 163-407
0,009 0.23 40 023/40 -- 163-409
0,009 0.23 65 -- -- 163-609
0,011 0.28 25 028/25 269-211 163-211
0,011 0.28 40 028/40 269-411 163-411
0,011 0.28 65 028/65 -- 163-611
0,013 0.33 25 033/25 269-213 163-213
0,013 0.33 50 033/50 269-513 163-513
0,013 0.33 65 033/65 269-613 163-613
0,013 0.33 80 033/80 -- 163-813
0,015 0.38 40 038/40 269-415 163-415
0,015 0.38 65 038/65 269-615 163-615
0,015 0.38 80 -- 269-815 163-815
0,018 0.46 65 046/65 -- 163-618
0,018 0.46 80 -- -- 163-818
0,021 0.53 65 053/65 269-621 163-621
0,021 0.53 80 -- 269-821 163-821
0,026 0.66 40 066/40 -- 163-426
0,026 0.66 65 066/65 -- 163-626
0,026 0.66 95 -- -- 163-926
0,036 0.91 40 091/40 -- --
0,036 0.91 80 091/80 -- --
1) In the WIWA number the relation between orifice and angle is clear
2) Orifice Size determines how many liters per minute can be atomized through the airless spray tip.
The last two digits of the part number tell the Orifice Size in thousandths of an inch.
In this example, the orifice is 0.381 mm (015"). For ordering use the complete number.
Orifice Orifice
Tip No. 163-415 or Tip No. 269-415

Spray Width Spray Width
Spray Width is based on spraying distance 305 mm (12") from the surface. Double the fourth digit of the
tip part number to determine the approximate minimum Spray Width in inches. Add two inches to that
number for maximum width. In this example, this tip size produces a 203-254 mm (8-10") spray pattern
(width) at 305 mm (12") distance from the surface.
page 8/9
INFORMATION
October 2010
MIXING RATIO - twin-feed products
The mix ratios in volume for twin-feed applied products should be retrieved from specific data sheets.
It is very important that right ratios are maintained but deviations up to max. 3% are acceptable unless
otherwise stated on specific data sheets.
These products are generally supplied ready for use after mixing of components as extra diluting is not
allowed.
INDUCTION TIME
If mentioned on the product data sheet the coating should be thoroughly mixed and left for the
recommended time for the particular temperature conditions at application. This induction time or pre-
curing of the product ensures that the coating will give the required performance and application properties.
POT LIFE
This gives the time interval after mixing of the components of the coating during which the material can be
applied, without change of application and performance properties of the coating. For solvent containing
coatings an extra addition of thinner up to 5% is allowed. For solvent free coatings addition of thinner is not
permitted. For solvent free and high solid coatings an exothermic reaction occurs, resulting in gelation
shortly after reaching the end of the pot life. It is important to clean equipment with the recommended
cleaning thinner before the pot life has expired and/or directly after completion of application of the paint.
use.
stating otherwise).
page 9/9
INFORMATION
SAFETY INDICATIONS 1430
a three page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995
Most paints contain flammable solvents and some contain materials which can harm the skin, or damage
the health if swallowed or inhaled. Whilst most countries have developed regulations to control labelling,
storage and use of toxic or hazardous material as yet there is no agreed international code or system.
Sigma Coatings will adopt the local requirements in any country where their products are sold, but since it is
quite impossible and even confusing to apply all the marks which could be required for every country,
a Sigma Coatings system has been developed which is standard for our products throughout the world.
We will then add local regulation markings in addition, if required.
Two major classes of risk must be controlled and precautions defined which will reduce the risk to
acceptable levels:
A) Health risks, these include:

1. Gases or vapours. These could include solvent evaporation during the drying period, or perhaps formed
during heating of the painted object.
2. Liquids in the paint. These might be solvents, or perhaps binders, which may be toxic if swallowed or
inhaled as spray droplets, or dermatitic or toxic in contact with the skin.
3. Powders or dusts. These can be formed during heating painted objects (e.g. flame cutting or welding
painted steel), or be present in powder formed during sanding operations, or in spray mist.
B) Fire or explosion risks, these include:

1. Fire risk during storage or transport. Most paints other than water based products can be ignited and will
support flame.
2. Explosion hazard during application. Flammable solvents in mixture with oxygen in air can explode within
certain concentration limits if ignited or detonated.
The following sentences are used to define the classes of hazard and this data sheet gives details of
precautions which should be taken in each case.
page 1/3
INFORMATION
October 1999
Relatively harmless paint Normal measures which are always applicable are:
Wash hands regularly and thoroughly with warm water/soap.
Immediately cover any wound or cut.
Do not roll cigarettes, smoke, or eat with dirty hands.
Beware of possible dust or fumes resulting from sand papering or
burning.
Check carefully that there is no possible fire or explosion risk.
Check whether extra ventilation is required.
Highly flammable paint. Flash point of paints and solvents is stated in all our product data sheets.
Flash point up to and This is the lowest temperature at which a mixture of the material with air
including 23C (DIN 53213). can ignite or explode. If the temperature of the air is near, or above, the
flash point it is essential that sufficient ventilation air is provided to reduce
the concentration of solvent well below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.).
Mixtures of solvent and air can only explode when the concentration lies
between the lower and upper explosive limits.
These limits vary from one solvent to another but the LEL is usually about
50 g per 1 m of air.
This is described in detail in sheet 1431.
In brief 200 m ventilation air is required per kilo of solvent to maintain an
atmosphere below 10% of LEL.
Such a mixture is safe even at temperatures above the flash point.
Gloves recommended Solvents and other components in some paints can irritate the skin, and
although in normal paints this may only be a minor and temporary irritation,
Paint which irritates or dermatitis of sensitive skins can be caused by solvents or chemicals in
affects skin or mucous some paints. These are indicated by this glove sentence. Barrier creams
membranes. together with gloves, goggles and possibly face masks should be used.
In all cases, however, the habit of using solvents to clean the skin after
painting should be discouraged.
Contact of paint with the skin should be avoided by use of barrier creams
and protective gloves. Any paint on the skin should be removed at once with
skin cleaning liquids or jellies and then washed with water.
Mask recommended Dust, smoke and spray mist can be filtered by face masks containing a dust
filter cartridge. Cartridges are also available which absorb both dust and
Inhalation of dust and solvents. These are only effective whilst there is no apparent smell of
spraymist is harmful. solvent. The filter is exhausted when the odour of solvent can be detected
and the filter should then be changed. It is most important that the correct
filter for the class of work should be used. These are described by the
manufacturers of the face mask and filter.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
October 1999
Fresh Air Mask recommended Toxic substances in paints usually enter the body by inhalation of gases,
vapours, fumes, dusts or spray mists. An indication of the level of hazard is
Inhalation of vapour and the Threshold Limits Value (T.L.V.), at one time called Maximum Allowable
dust is harmful. Concentration (M.A.C.). This is the concentration which can be tolerated by
a healthy worker for 8 hours a day without adverse effects. The lower the
figure, the more toxic the substance.
The concentrations are given either as parts per million (ppm), i.e. cm of
vapour per m of air, or for solid dusts as mg per m. The minimum volume
for air required to achieve this safe level of concentration will be given in our
data sheets. This volume may in some cases be as much as 20 times that
required to reach 10% of LEL and in some classes of work it may be
impractical to supply the volume of air required to allow the required rate of
usage of paint in the compartment. In such cases it is essential that
operators are supplied with, and required to use, fresh air masks or
respirators fed with clean air at positive pressure. It is important that the
mask has a good facial fit. See also sheet 1431.
Paint contains heavy toxic Keep skin covered as far as possible, wear gloves and protect the eyes.
substances and is dangerous. Avoid contamination of the skin. Provide very good ventilation and wear
fresh air mask. Change all overclothes and shoes immediately after finishing
the work. Keep dirty cloths and other objects separate, destroy or clean
contaminated clothes with care. Wash the hands very thoroughly.
Handle empty containers with care and avoid contamination of the
environment with any poisonous paint or waste.
THE SIGMA WARNING SYSTEM will show one, or a combination of more than one, of the described
sentences. The safety code required in each country will be added to drums used in that country.
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/3
INFORMATION
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD 1431
a five page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995
When paints containing solvents are applied in enclosed or confined spaces, two hazards can exist,
explosion and toxicity and precautions must be taken to eliminate them.
General aspects of explosion hazards

The nature of this hazard is explained in detail below. The essential precaution to be taken is that sufficient
ventilation air must be provided to maintain the ratio of vapour/air at no more than 10% of the lower
explosive limit. The method for calculation is given below and data on minimum ventilation air quantity is
given in product data sheets. If the flash point of the solvent is above the working temperature, then an
explosion cannot occur. However, it may still be necessary to ventilate to provide a clean working
atmosphere or to eliminate toxic hazard.
An explosion is simply very rapid burning of a flammable mixture (in the case of paint, it is the burning of
solvent vapour in oxygen contained in the air). The speed of combustion is so great that there is extremely
rapid development of heat and pressure (6 to 9 times the original pressure). This can lead to destruction of
the compartment and injury to work people. Three factors must be present to create an explosion.
a. The mixture of vapour and air must be between the lower explosive limit (LEL) and the upper explosive
limit.
b. The mixture must be at a temperature above the flash point temperature of the vapour.
c. A source of ignition with high enough temperature and energy must be present to initiate the explosion
reaction.
These three factors explain the reasons for the safety precautions.
Ventilation to provide an atmosphere below LEL

It is usual to specify that ventilation should be provided to reduce vapour concentration to less than 10% of
LEL. This large safety margin is required to allow for variations in ventilation in all parts of a compartment.
(P x A) + (Q x B)
The minimum ventilation air in m per minute may be calculated from the formula:
t
Calculation
P = volume of paint applied in the compartment in litres during time t minutes.
Q = volume of added solvent used in the paint applied in the compartment in litres in time t minutes.
A = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of paint to reach 10% LEL.
B = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of solvent to reach 10% LEL.
t = time of application in minutes of volume P of paint.
page 1/5
INFORMATION
October 1999
Example
100 litres of paint (P) plus 5 litres of thinner (Q) are used within 45 minutes (t).
Value A is e.g. 60 m (given in product data sheet).
Value B is e.g. 130 m (given in product data sheet).
Ventilation air quantity m per minute to reach 10% LEL is:
(100 x 60) + (5 x 130) = 147.7 m per minute.
45
Remarks
This quantity of ventilation air must be maintained throughout the application of the paint and also during
the period of evaporation of solvent.
The ventilation must be arranged so that all parts of the compartment are properly ventilated. It is necessary
for the applicator or the contractor to check vapour concentrations (in varying positions) regularly with an
explosion meter. If the concentration rises above 10% LEL, painting must stop until the vapour
concentration is reduced to a safe level again.
Flash point
If possible paints with flash points above the ambient temperature should be used. This often is not
possible, particularly in compartments heated up by strong sunlight in summer. In such cases it is even
more essential that ventilation below 10% LEL is maintained.
Sources of ignition
Sparks, hot surfaces, flames and all other sources of ignition must be absolutely prevented. Flame proof
lighting and electrical equipment must be used, spark proof tools and clothing should be used and all work
must be prohibited in adjacent compartments. All equipment, whether electrical or not electrical
(e.g. pneumatic pumps, spray tips, etc.) must be adequately earthed to ensure no accumulation of static
electrical charge.
TOXIC HAZARD
page 2/5
INFORMATION
October 1999
General aspects of toxic hazard

Many solvents used in paint have some degree of toxicity and it is necessary to provide sufficient ventilation
air to maintain safe atmosphere below the threshold limit value (TLV). With many common solvents this may
be impractical when applying large volumes of paint in a short time. In such cases ventilation to give a clear
visibility and safety from explosion will still be necessary. It will also be necessary to provide operators in
the compartment with fresh air masks or hoods. Barrier creams and protective clothing may also be
necessary. Full details are given below and data for calculation of RAQ (required air quantity) are also
provided.
It is necessary to keep certain rules when using any paint since all can be harmful (even ordinary emulsion
paints are dangerous if swallowed!). The following are basic safety precautions:
Inhalation of dust and fumes

This must be avoided by the use of ventilation or extraction.
products should be used in well ventilated areas
forced ventilation or fresh air masks should be used in confined spaces
a face mask should be worn when spraying, sanding or blast cleaning
Skin contact
Some substances used in paint may cause irritation after repeated or prolonged contact with the skin and in
susceptible cases there is a risk of dermatitis.
operatives with a history of skin sensitivity should not be employed in processes where skin contact can
occur
prolonged or repeated contact of paint with the skin should be avoided
barrier cream should be supplied and used
gloves should be worn
do not wash hands with solvent
use a proprietary hand cleanser
Ingestion
The ingestion (swallowing) of paint must always be avoided.
food should not be brought into or consumed in the work area where coatings are stored or used
thorough washing of hands and face is essential after applying paint, particularly before eating or
smoking
if paint or thinners should accidently be swallowed, seek medical attention immediately
page 3/5
INFORMATION
October 1999
Eye protection
Steps should be taken to prevent material entering the eyes.
goggles should be worn whenever necessary
if the eyes become contaminated they should be irrigated with water; seek medical attention
immediately
Theoretical ventilation requirements

In the product data sheets, data are given for the minimum required ventilation air quantity (RAQ) in cubic
metres when 1 litre of paint is applied or when 1 litre of thinner is used. The TLV (=threshold limit value) for
the mixture of components and solvents in the paint or for the mixture of solvents used in thinners has been
calculated.
Calculation
The quantity of ventilation air required in m per minute during application and drying can be calculated
from the formula:
(P x M) + (Q x N)
t
P = quantity of paint consumed in litres.
Q = quantity of thinner consumed in litres.
M = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of paint.
N = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of thinner.
t = application time in minutes.
Example
100 litres of paint (P) are consumed in 45 minutes (t). 5 Litres of thinner (Q) were added to thin down the
paint to the prescribed application viscosity. Value M is e.g. 780 m (see product data sheet).
Value N is e.g. 2170 m (see product data sheet).
The ventilation air quantity required during application and drying to reach TLV is:
(100 x 780) + (5 x 2170) = 1974 m per minute
45
Remarks
In semi-confined areas such as rooms with open doors and windows or the super structure of a ship,
natural ventilation will be about 2 to 5 times the content of the room or space per hour, depending on
weather conditions.
The amount of fresh air necessary to reach TLV will be approximately 10 to 20 times the amount of fresh air
necessary to reach 10% of LEL. When it is impractical to ventilate in such a way that TLV is not reached
then fresh air masks must be used.
page 4/5
INFORMATION
October 1999
Emergency procedure
It may be necessary to enter an atmosphere which is unsafe. (You may have to rescue somebody). Before
entering a confined space or tank ensure that:
you wear breathing apparatus
you wear a lifeline
the lifeline is properly tended
a watch is kept on you
a means of communication exists
a system of signals is agreed
you and everybody else involved understand the signals
You must also make sure that:

a back-up or rescue squad is equipped to render assistance
resuscitation equipment is on hand
If you have to keep watch or tend a lifeline:

keep a careful watch on your men below
If you cannot see them:

call out to them from time to time
make sure they answer
If they do not answer repeated calls or if they show signs of drunkenness or unusual behaviour:
RAISE THE ALARM IMMEDIATELY
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESCUE THE VICTIM BY YOURSELF
DO NOT BECOME A VICTIM
use.
stating otherwise).
page 5/5
INFORMATION
SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES 1433

revision of 5-1997
Safe working is always of the greatest importance, but particularly during application of tankcoatings.
The illustrations on this sheet indicate the quite simple principal measures that will ensure safe working.
page 1/2
INFORMATION
SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES 1433
October 1999
use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting
the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss,
injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
page 2/2
INFORMATION
DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE 1434

revision of 1-1995
Ventilation is required for reasons of health and safety. In addition for solvent containing coatings the quality
of a coating system is greatly affected by the amount and type of residual solvent in the layer when the
coating dries or cures.
Adhesion, water resistance, mechanical and chemical properties can all be adversely affected when
solvents remain trapped in the paint film. Very slow evaporation of trapped solvents can also develop
internal stresses due to shrinkage.
The ventilation must be maintained throughout the application process at a minimum level of 10% of LEL
value and for a period after application is completed when the paint cures or dries. As a guide line for good
ventilation after application the confined space should be ventilated 4 to 5 times its contents per hour.
Product data sheets indicate when any special ventilation requirements are required.
Hot ventilation: Ventilating air with too high temperature can cause surface curing of epoxy coatings and
although it may be necessary to produce a dry substrate before painting, the steel and air temperature
should be such that when the application starts, the temperature of the ventilation (dehumidifier/heater)
should be dropped so that the conditions stay stable. Hot ventilation air should be replaced by cool dry
ventilation air as soon as possible after application of any coat is completed.
Good ventilation consists of at least extraction at the lowest areas, but in most cases when controlled
conditions are needed, also of air input (dry and/or heated). The combination of in and output must be
correctly balanced.
The opening of the extraction hose should be close to the bottom of the tank (approx 30-60 cm).
Ventilation air should be directed to the bottom of the tank or compartment and should be extracted by
exhaust fans of correctly balanced capacity.
For complex structures the ventilation should be distributed over all compartments and confined spaces in
order to facilitate good ventilation in all areas.
BALLAST TANKS AND OTHER CONFINED SPACES.

Due to regulations of the shipbuilding industry ballast tanks and double skin tanks count for many square
meters confined spaces. Therefore it is necessary to pay good attention to the ventilation conditions during
application, drying and curing of the coating on these areas.
Depending on the structure of the ballast tanks, forced ventilation or natural ventilation is used during
coating of the new building blocks.
However, natural ventilation in many cases is not sufficient due to half open box conditions and can cause
serious drawbacks related to health and safety as well as curing and performance of the coating.
When ventilation is not sufficient solvents will not be removed, but will drift to the lower part of the section.
As normally first the upperparts of a section will be painted, the solvents evaporating from the applied
coating will drift to the lower part where it will attack the earlier applied coating (not yet fully cured) and this
coating will absorb part of the solvents and swell. This coating will then be overcoated and problems related
to bad adhesion, curing, water resistance etc. will result.
In case of waterborne paints, this advice is not valid. Water vapour rises to the upper areas of the tank and
may give condensation. Therefore it is recommended to position an extra exhaust outlet at the top of the
tank.
page 1/2
INFORMATION
DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE 1434
October 1999
Also in this case ventilation is of utmost importance as drying under insufficient ventilation will prevent paint
film formation.
Practices recommended
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
INFORMATION
CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST 1490
an eight page issue June 2007

revision of January 2007
DERUSTING METHODS The effective life time of a coating applied onto a steel surface is dependent
to a very large extent on how thoroughly the surface has been prepared
prior to painting.
Surface preparation consists of primary surface preparation which aims to
remove mill scale, rust and foreign matter from a steel surface prior to the
application of a shop primer (prefabrication primer) or primer.
Secondary surface preparation aims to remove rust and foreign matter,
if any, from a steel surface coated with a shop primer (prefabrication primer)
or primer prior to application of the anticorrosive paint system.
A steel surface can be derusted in the following ways.
Wire brushing Wire brushing, usually done with rotating wire brushes, is a conventional
method, not suitable for the removal of mill scale, but suitable for the
preparation of weld seams. The main disadvantage is, that treated surfaces
are often not completely free of corrosion products and tend to become
polished and contaminated with oil. This decreases the adhesion of priming
paints and the performance of a paint system.
Chipping Chipping or mechanical chipping is usually done in combination with wire-

brushing. It is sometimes suitable for local repairs with conventional or
special formulated paint systems. It is not suitable for general preparation of
surfaces to be coated with epoxy or chlorinated rubber paints. It can be
used for the removal of thick rust scale and economises in later blasting
operations.
Needle hammer To remove rust, paint etc. from corners and angles in order to achieve a
cleaned surface with a profile.
Flame cleaning Flame cleaning involves derusting by thermal treatment making use of
burning equipment (acetylene or propane and oxygen). It removes almost all
mill scale, but rust to a lesser extent. Therefore this method cannot meet the
requirements of modern paint systems.
Disc sanding Disc sanding involves use of rotating discs covered with abrasive material.
It is used for local repairs. The quality of these discs has been very much
improved, and these can give good standards of preparation.
page 1/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Sweep blasting A hand operated form of superficial blast cleaning in which a primed or
coated steel surface is roughened and is free of almost all visible
contamination. (except oil contamination or traces of rust)
A: light sweep, purpose: roughening of intact coating and improving the
adhesion of subsequent coats
Abrasive: fine (0,2-0,5 mm) is most suitable when the paint surface
under treatment is not to be destroyed
B: heavy sweep (approx ISO-Sa1), purpose: removing of not sound coating
areas - layers
Abrasive: small to medium (0,2-0,5/0,2-1,5 mm)
Reference: Repainting of old metallic structures, limited blast cleaning scale
Technical Guide, November 1993
Laboratoire Central des Ponts et Chausses 58,
bd Lefebvre, F 75732 Paris Cedex 15
Dry blast cleaning The impingement of a high kinetic energy stream of abrasive onto the
surface to be prepared. It is either hand operated by jet or automatically by
impeller and is the most thorough method of derusting. Centrifugal blast
cleaning, compressed air blast cleaning and vacuum blast cleaning are well
known types.
Shot The particles are as far as practical spherical and solid and should not
contain more than the minimum practical amount of tails and irregular
shapes.
Primers to be used for shot blasted steel should be checked on
performance.
Grit The particles show good angularity form with sharp cutting edges and
should be substantially free from half-rounds (i.e. shot split in half).
Unless otherwise stated in the specifications a mineral grit should be used.
page 2/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Water (abrasive) Different types of water (abrasive) cleaning/jetting are in use

cleaning/jetting Below you will find the most commonly used ones
(Terminology NACE) For more info see also information sheet 1498 (Hydrojetting)
Water (abrasive) Some examples of these techniques are given below, not pretending to be
blast cleaning complete. New developments with wet blasting methods are presented
regularly, improving the efficiency and reducing the amount of water or grit.
LOW PRESSURE WATER ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

Pressure = 6-8 bar
Water consumption = 90-300 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m/hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be

obtained.
LOW PRESSURE HUMIDIFIED ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

Pressure = 6-8 bar
Water consumption = 5-60 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m/hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be

obtained.
ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (UHPWJ)

Pressure - more than 1700 bar
Use: Complete removal of all coatings and rust.
The result can be compared with dry abrasive blast cleaning, but with
flash rust after drying.
The original blasting profile will be maintained.
HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (HPWJ)

Pressure - from 700 to 1700 bar
Use: Most paints and corrosion products will be removed, Magnetite and
hard tightly adherent coating may be left but can be removed with
difficulty.
The original blasting profile will be maintained.
page 3/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Water cleaning LOW PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (LPWC)

Pressure - lower than 350 bar
Use: Removal of salt, dirt and poorly adherent surface contamination.
Mainly washing of surface
HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (HPWC)

Pressure - from 350 to 700 bar
Use: Loose paint, rust, debris and material in pits will be removed, but
black iron oxide (Magnetite) will remain. A uniform matte finish
cannot be achieved.
STEAM CLEANING
Pressure = 100-120 bar
Use: Removal of water soluble or water emulsified contamination; the
substrate dries quicker compared to a water rinsed substrate.
ISO STANDARDS When specifying a precise degree of derusting and cleaning of a steel
surface prior to painting, Sigma uses the ISO standard
ISO 8501-1-1988 and ISO 8504-1992.
ISO 8501-1 This indicates the following rust grades:

Applicable to bare A = steel surface largely covered with adherent mill
mill-scaled or rusty steel scale but little, if any, rust.
B = steel surface which has begun to rust and from which the mill scale
has begun to flake.
C = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or from which
it can be scraped, but with slight pitting visible when viewed
normally.
D = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away and on which
general pitting is visible when viewed normally.
page 4/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
DEGREES OF PRIMARY The ISO standard indicates six preparation degrees.

SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications:
ISO-St Surface preparation by hand and power tool cleaning, such as scraping,
Hand and power tool wire-brushing, machine-brushing and grinding, is designated by the letters
cleaning St.
Prior to hand and power tool cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be
removed by chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After hand and power tool cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose
dust and debris.
ISO-St2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Thorough hand and oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings
power tool cleaning and foreign matter.
ISO-St3 As for St2, but the surface shall be treated much more thoroughly to give a
Very thorough hand metallicsheen arising from the metallic substrate.
and power tool cleaning
ISO-Sa Surface preparation by blast cleaning is designated by the letters Sa.

Blast cleaning
Prior to blast cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be removed by
chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After blast cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust and
debris.
ISO-Sa1 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Light blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings
and foreign matter.
Thorough blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt and from most of the mill scale, rust, paint coatings and
foreign matter. Any residual contamination shall be firmly adhering.
Very thorough blast oil, grease and dirt and from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign
cleaning matter. Any remaining traces of contamination shall show only as slight
stains in the form of spots or stripes.
blast cleaning to oil, grease and dirt and shall be free from mill scale, rust, paint coatings
visually clean steel and foreign matter. It shall have a uniform metallic colour.
page 5/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Remark The photographs in the ISO Standard publication are given as illustration
only. They do not represent the complete preparation degree, which also
includes a cleaning operation which is not visible in the photographs.
(colourless contamination).
Equivalents As far as blast cleaning is concerned, equivalents according to British and

American standards are given in the following table.
ISO 8501-01 BS 4232 SSPC-Vis 1 *
Sa3 1st quality White metal SP 5

Sa2 2nd quality Near white SP 10
Sa2 3rd quality Commercial SP 6
* for more details
see SSPC-SP com
Roughness of To specify the roughness, a variety of values is used.

blast cleaned steel Such as Rz, Rt and Ra.
Rz = average peak to valley height = blasting profile
Rt = maximum peak to valley height
Ra = average distance to an imaginary centre line which can be drawn
between peaks and valleys = C.L.A. = Centre Line Average (ISO 3274)
Normally Sigma Coatings uses Rz values.
Blasting Profile (Rz) = 4 to 6 times C.L.A. (Ra).
The direct measuring of the dft of primers applied onto blast cleaned steel in
a thickness up to 30 m is very inaccurate. A primer dft of 30 m and more
gives an average thickness and not the thickness present on the peaks.
When in the specifications blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 is mentioned a
blasting profile Rz of 35-50 m should be obtained using mineral grit unless
otherwise mentioned.
Above a Ra roughness of 17 m (= blasting profile Rz of 100 m) it is
recommended to use an additional coat of primer to cover the roughness.
A roughness profile above 100 m often results if heavily rusted steel is
blast cleaned.
JAPANESE STANDARDS These establish a systematic standard for secondary surface preparation
Standard for the preparation prior to protective painting when shop primers (prefabrication primers) are
of steel surface prior to used in the construction process of hull or steel structures.
painting SPSS-1984
page 6/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Surface condition H = shop primed steel surface in way of hand welding
A = shop primed steel in way of automatic welding
F = shop primed steel surface in way of gas-burning
D = shop primed steel surface having white zinc salt
R = shop primed steel surface having rust in the form of spots
GRADES OF SECONDARY
SURFACE PREPARATION
The Japanese Standard indicates six preparation degrees.
The following standards are often used in specifications.
SPSS-Pt2 Surface prepared by wire brushing for the surface condition A, D and R,
by wire brushing and disc sander for the surface condition H,
by disc sander for the surface condition F. Almost all rust and foreign
matter are fairly removed.
If mentioned for other surface conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel),
almost all rust and foreign matter, have to be removed by wire brushing
and/or disc sander.
SPSS-Pt3 Surface prepared by wire brushing and (in combination with!)

disc sander for the surface condition H and A
and by disc sander for the surface condition F, R and D.
Rust and foreign matter are removed to the extent that the surface has a
uniform metallic sheen.
If mentioned for other surfaces conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel) all
rust and foreign matter has to be removed to the extent that the surface has
a uniform metallic sheen.
Also used for the preparation of primed or coated substrate to remove rust
from small areas such as scratches, pinpoints or areas of mechanical
damage.
SPSS-Ss Surface prepared by light blast cleaning of slug sands or grits.

(Shop primer (prefabrication primer) with the little trace of rust is
noticeable.)
Also used for the preparation of a primed or coated substrates or galvanized
steel to roughen the surface and to remove contamination or traces of rust.
Remarks In the Japanese Standard the expressions Sd2 and Sd3 are used, which are
equivalent to the Swedish expressions Sa2 and Sa3.
ISO 8501-3 Preparation grades of welds, cut edges and other area with surface
Grade P2 imperfections.
See illustrations in the standard
page 7/8
INFORMATION
June 2007
Degree of cleanliness The ISO and the Japanese Standards give a visual impression of the quality
of the derusted steel. However, chemical contamination like water soluble
salts etc. are not visible and remains partly on the surface. Presence of
excessive amounts of water soluble salts can cause blistering of the coating
by osmosis.
Water soluble salts in mineral abrasives.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts in mineral
abrasives is 250 S/cm (conductivity) (ISO 11127-6 1993).
See further sheet 1491
Water soluble salts on the steel surface (ISO 8502-9 1998).
Our maximum acceptable levels of water soluble salts, calculated as sodium
chloride, on treated substrate prior to coating application depends on the
area and expected service conditions.
equivalent sodium chloride conductivity (V=15 ml)
Cargo tanks 60 mg/m (10.0 S/cm)
Immersed areas 80 mg/m (13.3 S/cm)
Dry cargo holds 100 mg/m (16.7 S/cm)
Note Determination of water soluble salts: see information sheet 1468
For water ballast tank areas to be treated in accordance with IMO
resolution MSC 215(82): water soluble salts limit equivalent to sodium
chloride after blasting/grinding must be equal to or lower than 50 mg/m of
sodium chloride.
For areas exposed to atmosphere conditions We recommend the limit
per dry cargo holds as noted in the table. Prior to treatment the substrate
should be High Pressure Washed with Fresh (clean) water.
As a guidance we recommend that the conductivity of abrasives prior to
treatment should not be higher than 250 S/cm.
REFERENCES
Determination of water soluble salts according to the
Bresle method (ISO 8502-6 1995) see information sheet 1468
Hydrojetting see information sheet 1498
use.
stating otherwise).
page 8/8
INFORMATION
SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES (ISO 11126) 1491

revision of October1999
SCOPE
This specification covers mineral abrasives such as corundum, aluminium silicate slag, or any slag mixtures
which are suitable for removing rust, scale, old paint or shop primer from steel by blast cleaning and giving
a satisfactory anchor pattern.
This specification covers only those abrasives commonly known as utility grades.
REQUIREMENTS
Material The abrasive may be any material meeting the requirements of this specification. It shall be
composed of clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic
substances, organic matter and water soluble salts.
The abrasive supplier shall certify that any product to be delivered conforms to all requirements stated
herein.
pH 100 gram of a representative abrasive sample is crushed using a mortar and pestle. Approximately 50
grams of the crushed sample is added to 200 ml de-ionized water. The pH of this slurry is then determined
through the use of an electronic pH meter with an accuracy of 0.01 pH unit.
A slurry mixture prepared in this way shall not have a pH below 6.20.
Water Soluble Salts (ISO 11127-6 1993) The abrasive is mixed with de-ionized water, conductivity max.
1 S/cm, in the proportion 1:1, e.g. 100 g abrasive to 100 cm water. The mixture is shaken for 5 minutes,
allowed to settle for at least 1 hour and then shaken again for 5 minutes. Some of the water is decanted, the
temperature is recorded and the conductivity measured by a conductivity gauge.
If the conductivity gauge does not have any temperature compensation adjustment, the conductivity should
be converted to 20C or measurement should be carried out at this temperature.
If the conductivity exceeds 250 S/cm the abrasive is rejected.
If the abrasive is to be used for High Pressure Wet Abrasive Blastcleaning the total amount of water soluble
matter should be below 0,5% by weight.
Moisture Content Approximately 200 grams of abrasive shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 g in a tared
weighing dish and dried at 105 to 110C for 3 hours or more until successive weighings after additional 1
hour heating periods show a weight change of not more than 0.1%. The percentage of moisture is
calculated as follows:
percent moisture = original weight - final weight x 100

original weight of sample
The moisture content for material deliverd in bags or in bulk shall not exceed 0.5% by weight.
Oil and Grease The abrasive shall not be contaminated with oil and grease. 10 cm abrasive is shaken
with 10 cm methylene chloride for about 5 minutes. 5 drops of the solvent are applied to a clean glass
plate. After complete evaporation of the solvent the glass plate is exposed to ultraviolet light in total
darkness.
If there is blue fluorescence the abrasive is rejected.
page 1/2
INFORMATION
SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES (ISO 11126) 1491
June 2007
Hardness Examine the abrasive material under a low-power microscope (10 x) and, if grains of different
colour or character are present, select a few grains of each. Separately place the grains thus differentiated
between two glass microscope slides. While applying pressure, slowly move one slide over the other with a
reciprocating motion for 10 seconds. Examine the glass surface and, if scratched, the material shall be
considered as having a minimum hardness of 6 on Mohs scale. If any grains that fail to scratch glass are
present, in any appreciable quantity, the total batch is rejected.
Grain Shape The individual abrasive grains shall be angular in shape.
Surface Profile The abrasive material shall produce a prescribed blasting profile Rz value (varying
between 30-100 m)
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
INFORMATION
Surface preparation of steel pipes and fittings 1492
Shop application
a three page issue May 1998

reprint of 8-88
SURFACE PREPARATION
Surface preparation of steel pipes must be carried out according to the Dutch standard NEN 6901 or the
Swedish standard SIS 055900.
The metal surface must be freed from mill scale, corrosion and all contaminations such as oil, grease, dirt,
soluble salts, markings and old coatings.
Weldspatters and laminations must also be removed.
The coating must be applied as soon as possible after completion of the surface preparation.
CHEMICAL PRETREATMENT
The substrate must be precleaned to remove dirt, grease and oil.
Pickling must be carried out on an industrial scale by one of the following methods.
The first table describes a pickling process followed by a double water rinse.
The second table describes a phosphating process consisting of pickling and rinsing followed by
phosphating.
The requirements for the pickling and the phosphating process are drawn up to avoid excess thickness of
phosphate layers and to ensure that no acids remain on the substrate. All pickling - rinsing or phosphating
liquids must be renewed when the concentrations specified are reached (see tables). The content of the
bath must also be renewed when the pretreated metal leaves the bath with contamination or if sediment
interferes the action of the pickling process.
Table 1Pickling Process
Pickling
Hydrochloric acid Sulphuric acid

Acid concentration 55 - 220 g/l 50 - 295 g/l
Temperature ambient 50 - 65C
Max. iron concentration 100 g/l 70 g/l
Duration till complete removal of millscale and rust
First Rinsing
Min. water temperature ambient ambient

Max. acid concentration 0,75 g/l 0,25 g/l
Duration 5 min. 5 min.
Second Rinsing
Min. water temperature 70C 70C

Max. acid concentration 0,20 g/l 0,10 g/l
page 1/3
INFORMATION
Shop application
May 1998
Table 2Pickling/Phosphating Process
Pickling
Hydrochloric acid Sulphuric acid Phosphoric acid

Acid concentration 55 - 220 g/l 50 - 295 g/l 105 - 225 g/l
Temperature ambient 50 - 65C 60 - 85C
Max. iron concentration 100 g/l 70 g/l 30 g/l
Duration till complete removal of millscale and rust
Rinsing
Min. water temperature 60 - 65C 65C --

Max. acid concentration 0,75 g/l 1,00 g/l --
Phosphating
Temperature 80C 80C 80C

Duration 5 min. 5 min. 5 min.
Max. iron content 5 g/l 5 g/l 5 g/l
Normal phosphoric
acid concentration 20 - 10 g/l 20 - 10 g/l 20 - 10 g/l
Phosphoric acid
concentration for
application of epoxy-
and polyurethane
coatings * 5 g/l 5 g/l 5 g/l
* The performance of epoxy- or polyurethane coatings on phosphated steel should always be checked in
advance.
BLAST CLEANING
Before blast cleaning the surface should be thoroughly degreased by means of suitable detergents or
emulsifiers.
Irregularities in the pipe surface should be removed by grinding or rotating discs. The surface should be dry
before blasting.
Blasting must be carried out until to standard of cleanliness of SIS-Sa2 of the Swedish norm SIS055900
(see sheet 1490). Usually a blasting profile (Rz) is recommended of approx. 50 micrometers which means a
Ra or CLA value of 10-15 micrometers.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
Shop application
May 1998
Ventilation of sufficient capacity has to be used in order to maintain a workable and safe climate during
blast cleaning. The pipes should rotate during the blasting operation at a sufficient speed to obtain a regular
blasted surface.
Only suitable abrasives according to specification should be used (see sheet 1491).
Attention should be given to the weld seams which have to be blast cleaned in a way that the whole weld
seam is pretreated.
Abrasives and dust should be removed completely from the blasted surface.
ROTATING WIRE BRUSH CLEANING

Pipes to be used for the transport of Natural Gas, showing only minor rust and in good condition, may be
pretreated by rotating wire brushes before they are coated with a flowcoat.
Before wire brush cleaning the surface should be thoroughly degreased by means of suitable detergents or
emulsifiers.
Irregularities in the pipe surface should be removed by grinding or rotating discs. The surface should be dry
before blasting.
Cleaning must be carried out until to standard of cleanliness of SIS-St3 of the Swedish norm SIS055900
(see sheet 1490).
Ventilation of sufficient capacity has to be used in order to maintain a workable and safe climate during wire
brush cleaning. The pipes should rotate during the cleaning operation at a sufficient speed to obtain a
regular cleaned surface.
page 3/3
INFORMATION
INTERNAL CHEMICAL CLEANING OF STEEL PIPES 1493
In-situ application
May 1998
reprint of 8-1988
GENERAL ASPECTS
The "in situ" cleaning process for new and old, often corroded, pipe lines should be started with a thorough
inspection of the pipe line. The internal diameter of the pipe line has to be checked and samples of rust and
debris have to be collected to confirm that the cleaning operation will give the desired results.
Because the total cleaning procedure will consist of a number of pig runs, a lot of information can be
collected about the vertical head and elevation profile of the pipe line which knowledge is of great
importance for the final coating operation.
Besides that it is critical, it is very important that all pig trains containing water, chemical liquids and drying
liquids are being launched solid, travel solid and are being received solid in order to clean the pipe line with
success. Any condition that might impose a significant under pressure in any liquid train can cause air
intrusion resulting in inadequate surface preparation and transfer of liquids to a position behind the train.
The improvement in cleanliness should be continuously monitored by analysing the cleaning and
pretreatment liquids, followed by, if available, inspection through a camera pig.
New in situ blast cleaning methods have been developed (sand jetting system) which may be very useful
also to recoat previously coated pipe lines.
Removal of Dirt
Dirt, sand, loose rust, loose mill scale, bolts, parts of welding rods, corrosion debris, loose scale and
remainders of products previously transported to be removed by mechanical cleaning with wire brush pigs
and scraper pigs followed by line washing with fresh water and solvents.
Degreasing
Degreasing is extremely important as the presence of oil or grease will interfere with the subsequent acid
cleaning.
Detergent/water flushing requires a number of passes until analysis of the degreasing agents proves that all
oil and grease is removed.
Chemical cleaning
All mill scale and rust has to be removed completely also from corrosion pits by several passes of prescribed
strength inhibited acid solutions until the internal surface is near to white metal. The spend chemicals used
for cleaning have to be monitored by analysis, the degree of surface preparation has to be checked by usual
inspection.
Passivating
After the chemical cleaning all soluble salts have to be removed (often chlorides). To prevent flash rust
formation a run with a prescribed concentration of inhibiting or passivating solution is to be carried out
followed by rinsing the pipe line with fresh water until the water reach neutrality.
Drying
All moisture in the pipe line has to be removed in order that a dry steel surface is available for coating by
sending selected drying solvents through the pipe line followed by pigging with foam pigs together with dry
air or nitrogen ventilation. In this way a clean and dry surface is achieved, together with a dehumidified
atmosphere within the pipe line giving optimal conditions to coat the pipe line in situ.
page 1/1
INFORMATION
SURFACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE
(FLOORS) 1496
a three page issue February 2009

GENERAL ASPECTS
Once a coating or a polymer flooring has been selected it is essential that the surface preparation of
concrete is done correctly, otherwise optimum performance will not be obtained.
New concrete: In the case of newly made concrete it is important that the concrete has been laid for a
minimum of 28 days before applying a coating or polymer flooring. The moisture content of the concrete
should be below 4 % by weight. The release of the surplus water is dependant on the thickness of the
concrete, the season, the temperature and relative humidity of the environment and the prevailing
ventilation conditions. So the moisture content of the concrete should always be measured.
The moisture content at the concrete surface can be measured by an electronic instrument called Protimeter
(Protimeter plc, U.K. telex 849305).
An indication in the red area means that the concrete is still too wet.
An indication in the green area means that the concrete can be coated.
An indication in the yellow area means be careful. A concrete area of approx. 4 m should be covered by a
plastic sheet for 24 hours after which the measurement has to be repeated. If the indication becomes red
then the subfloor is still too wet to apply a flooring.
A major problem with new concrete floors is the top surface layer known as laitance. This water rich top
layer is formed during the binding period and is mechanically weak. In addition to the poor mechanical
properties, the laitance has a chemical composition different from the rest of the concrete. Concrete floors
with this laitance are obviously poor substrates to apply coatings to. It should therefore be a pre-condition
that the laitance has been removed prior to the application of any floor coating or polymer flooring.
Old concrete: The removal of all oils, greases etc., together with the removal of the remains of any
previously applied coating is required to ensure a sound base for the application of a coating, polymer
flooring or screed.
SURFACE PREPARATION
In order to ensure good adhesion and the long term performance of any floor coating or polymer flooring it is
essential that the correct type of surface preparation is carried out. The removal of chemicals, oil, grease
and fat must be completed before any other preparation work commences such as e.g. blasting or acid
etching (ASTM D4259 or ASTM D4260).
Mechanical tool cleaning must always be followed by removal of dust by means of vacuum cleaners.
Removal of chemicals from floor surfaces: Concrete that has become contaminated by chemicals must
be neutralised before coating. If the contamination is acidic, it must be neutralised with an alkaline cleaner
and rinsed thoroughly with fresh water.
If the contamination is alkaline it can be cleaned with detergents and/or steam.
Oil and grease contamination can be removed by a combination of solvents, steam and/or detergents
depending on the severity of the contamination.
page 1/3
INFORMATION
(FLOORS) 1496
February 2009
Abrasive blast cleaning: Abrasive blast cleaning should always be the best choice for the pretreatment of
concrete if polymer flooring systems have to be applied. Blast cleaning is normally carried out using an
enclosed system such as a Vacu-Blast, or Auto-Blast type machine. These systems are virtually dust free
and work on the principal of propelling small particles of abrasive i.e. steel shot, against the floor surface
whilst at the same time vacuum recovering the dust and abrasive to a recovery hopper. In addition to
cleaning the floor and removing any laitance, blasting will leave the floor surface with a profile which will
enable the coating to gain a physical as well as chemical adhesion to the substrate. Blast cleaning is the
recommended system for large floor areas.
Scarifying: Scarifying (sometimes known as scabbling) involves the use of rotating wheels and brushes to
scour the concrete surface. The scarifying equipment is pushed over the floor and the enclosed rotating
wheels abrade the surface. It is not as efficient or as dust free as a Vacu-Blast machine and can in the
wrong hands, cause excessive damage to the substrate. It is most effective on small areas or areas where
abrasive blast cleaning cannot be carried out.
Power grinding: Similar to scarifying this method can be used to open up holes and voids and to remove
loose materials from the surface of poured concrete and pre-cast slabs. Power grinding is slower than
blasting but could be considered for small external floor areas. One should take care that the concrete
surface is not polished by the power grinding.
Wire brushing: Wire brushing can be used to remove loose material from the surface and open up holes
and voids in poured concrete. This can be either by power or hand wire brushing, power wire brushing
giving increased productivity and effectiveness.
Impact tools: Concrete surfaces can be roughened using impact tools such as needle guns etc. However
this method can be slow and should only be used for small repairs.
Granulating or Hammering machines work quicker but should only be used if very hard concrete must be
roughened or if flooring screeds have to be applied.
Impact tools are normally electrically or compressed air driven and work on a principal of a sharpened tool
vibrating against the surface. It is fairly easy for an inexperienced operative to gouge the concrete surface
and therefore great care should be taken when using this method of preparation.
Acid etching: This method of surface preparation is most suited for use on new concrete floors (not for
sand/cement screeds). It is carried out to remove laitance but will not remove old paint or oil and grease and
should only be used in areas where sufficient drainage exists to allow the removal of the water and acid
solutions. To carry out acid etching the following procedure should be followed:
Before commencing acid etching the concrete surface should be cleaned of all loose concrete. Deposits
of
oil and grease should be removed by steam cleaning or by using an alkaline cleaner or detergents.
Thoroughly wet the floor with water
Sprinkle an 8% to 10% solution of phosphoric acid in water uniformly over the floor. The approximate
spreading rate is 1,5 m to 1 litre of solution.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
(FLOORS) 1496
February 2009
The acid solution should remain on the surface for 2 to 4 minutes and then be rinsed thoroughly with
clean water. The rinsing can be done with a water hose and a sweeping broom.
It is important that the rinsing is done immediately to prevent the formation of salts on the surface, which
are difficult to remove.
The concrete surface should be checked for acidity using pH paper and should have a pH of 7 or higher.
Depending on the type of concrete, more than one operation may be required to achieve a satisfactory
surface profile.
A thorough rinsing with clean water should be carried out after each acid etch application. The surface
profile after acid etching should be similar to fine sandpaper.
The concrete should be allowed to dry prior to applying the coating.
Personnel involved in acid etching operations should be provided with safety goggles, protective clothing,
rubber gloves and rubber boots.
Rubber buckets should be used for mixing the solution. THE ACID SHOULD ALWAYS BE ADDED TO THE
WATER rather than the water added to the acid.
Flame cleaning: Where conditions permit, deeply impregnated oils and greases can be removed from
concrete floors by flame or superheated compressed air.
This method involves the use of heat to bring the oil, grease etc. to the surface and should be carried out
under strict supervision with the necessary precautions being taken in view of the possible hazards
involved.
After flame cleaning the surface should always be power tool cleaned.
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/3
INFORMATION
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE 1650
a four page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN (VENTILATION) AIR-TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND

RELATIVE HUMIDITY
To achieve optimum results in coating work it is essential to ensure that no condensation occurs on the
substrate or in-between coats during the painting process. Air at a given temperature can only contain a
certain (maximum) amount of water vapour. This amount is lower at lower temperatures.
The maximum water content of air at different temperatures is given in the next table:
Degrees Centigrade Maximum water content g/m

0 4,8
5 6,8
10 9,5
15 12,8
20 17,3
25 23,0
30 30,4
35 39,6
40 51,1
45 65,0
From these figures the relationship between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity can be
calculated. This relationship is given in the next table:
Relation between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity
Air Dew point in C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
5 4.1 2.9 1.8 0.9 0.0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6
6 3.2 2.1 1.0 0.1 0.9 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.5
7 2.4 1.3 0.2 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5
8 1.6 0.4 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.5
9 0.8 0.4 1.7 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.6 7.5
10 0.1 1.3 2.6 3.7 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.4
11 1.0 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.6 8.6 9.4
12 1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.6 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.4
13 2.8 4.2 5.4 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.4
14 3.7 5.1 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4
15 4.7 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.5 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4
page 1/4
INFORMATION
October 1999
Air Dew point in C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
16 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.5 10.5 11.6 12.5 13.5 14.4
17 6.5 7.9 9.2 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.3
18 7.4 8.8 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.5 14.5 15.4 16.3
19 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.5 16.4 17.3
20 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14.4 15.4 16.4 17.4 18.3
21 10.2 11.6 12.9 14.2 15.3 16.4 17.4 18.4 19.3
22 11.1 12.5 13.8 15.2 16.3 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.3
23 12.0 13.5 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.4 20.3 21.3
24 12.9 14.4 15.7 17.0 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.3
25 13.8 15.3 16.7 17.9 19.1 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.2
26 14.8 16.2 17.6 18.8 20.1 21.2 22.3 23.3 24.2
27 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.8 21.1 22.2 23.2 24.3 25.2
28 16.6 18.1 19.5 20.8 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2
29 17.5 19.1 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.2 26.2 27.2
30 18.4 20.0 21.4 22.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 27.2 28.2
Using these figures curves can be drawn which give the relationship between air temperature, relative
humidity and dew point. (See graph).
To allow a sensible safety margin normally the substrate temperature must be at least 3 degrees centigrade
above the dew point. The dew point is the temperature of a given air-water vapour mixture at which
condensation starts, since at that temperature the maximum water content of the air is reached.
Many important conclusions can be drawn from the graph, e.g.:

at a relative humidity of 85% the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is approximately equal to the
temperature of the (ventilation) air. For this reason outdoor paintwork must normally be carried out at a
relative humidity below 85%.
at a relative humidity of 90% the difference in temperature between substrate and dew point will be only
2C, which means that the safety margin is narrowed. This can be overcome by raising the substrate
temperature by approx. 1C.
at a relative humidity of 70% the relationship between the acceptable substrate temperature and the
temperature of the (ventilation) air is given by the following table:
air temperature C 5 10 20 30
dew point C 0,0 4,7 14,4 23,9
lowest acceptable substrate temperature C 3,0 7,7 17,4 26,9
page 2/4
INFORMATION
October 1999
Although the substrate temperatures given in this table are well below the temperature of the surrounding
air no condensation will occur under the stated prevailing conditions.
if the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is for example 5C and the temperature of the atmosphere
is also 5C than the ventilation air can be heated and relative humidity will then be reduced according to
the following table:
air temperature C 5 10 20 30 40
relative humidity % 85 60 32 18 11
In general reduction in temperature leads to risk of condensation.

For instance steel cooled down during the night will often show condensation and this will not evaporate
until the steel is heated up again by sunlight or other means.
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/4
INFORMATION
October 1999
page 4/4
PPG PROTECTIVE & MARINE COATINGS
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings brings unrivaled levels of

innovation, experience and expertise in coatings technology,
supported through our expanding global supply and distributors
network in over 80 countries.
We have in-depth knowledge of the industry, our customers day-to-day

challenges and the environmental, health and safety standards in
the marketplace. By working in close partnership with customers,
our technical service representatives are able to offer an unsurpassed
level of market knowledge. This enables us to respond quickly with
efficient, economic solutions in all environments and industries.
The result performance-enhancing coating systems that can

be applied more easily, resist the elements more effectively,
and deliver maximum performance with minimum downtime.
Website: www.sigmacoatings.com/protective
Email: sigmacoatings.protective@ppg.com
2012 PPG Industries, all rights reserved. 0105-GLOB
No rights can be derived from the content of this publication. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all products and technical advice given are subject to our standard conditions of
sale, available on our website www.ppgpmc.com. Bringing innovation to the surface, PSX, STEELGUARD are trademarks or registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PITT-CHAR is a
registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. SIGMA COATINGS and SIGMA COATINGS and Design, NOVAGUARD, PHENGUARD, SIGMA AQUACOVER, SIGMA AQUAWELD, SIGMACOVER,
SIGMADUR, SIGMAGUARD, SIGMAPRIME, SIGMARINE, SIGMASHIELD, SIGMATHERM, SIGMAWELD and SIGMAZINC are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
Created January 2012

PPG PC Manual PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PPG PC Manual PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PROTECTIVE COATINGS

4 pages November 2010

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat tank coating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey - semigloss

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2 or SSPC-SP10 , blasting

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20 ( 4:1 )

AIRLESS SPRAY use heated airless spray plural component equipment

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-53

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoretical spreading rate ft/gal 134.3 69.2

measuring wet film thickness

Overcoating with Novaguard 810 (spot repair and stripe coating)

substrate 50F (10C) 68F (20C) 86F (30C) 122F (50C)

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

3 pages April 2009

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS sprayable caulking to overlap the welding seams

COLOURS AND GLOSS cream - gloss

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100 m

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoretical spreading rate m/l 0.3

Overcoating table with solvent free tanklinings

substrate temperature 10C 20C 30C

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

5 pages March 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat tank coating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear - gloss

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100 m

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoretical spreading rate m/l 3.3 1.7

max. dft when brushing: 150 m

Overcoating with Novaguard 840 (spot repair and stripe coating)

substrate 5C 10C 20C 30C

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

Pot life (at application viscosity)

REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

4 pages March 2011

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS one coat tank coating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear - semigloss

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 50 - 100 m

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoretical spreading rate m/l 3.3 1.7

max. dft when brushing: 150 m

Overcoating table with itself (spot repair and stripe coating)

substrate 10C 20C 30C

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

Pot life (at application viscosity)

REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

4 pages September 2011

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite - eggshell